ANTIGUA FUNDING CORP
S-3/A, 1996-08-13
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: SEPARATE ACCOUNT KG OF ALLMERICA FIN LIFE INS & ANNUITY CO, N-8A, 1996-08-13
Next: IMAGE GUIDED TECHNOLOGIES INC, SB-2/A, 1996-08-13



<PAGE>
   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 13, 1996
    
 
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-08465
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                   ---------
   
                          AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FORM S-3
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                 --------------
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
                       (ISSUER WITH RESPECT TO THE NOTES)
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
             NEW YORK                      APPLIED FOR
  (State or other jurisdiction of       (I.R.S. Employer
  incorporation or organization)         Identification
                                             Number)
</TABLE>
 
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                (ORIGINATOR OF THE OWNER TRUST DESCRIBED HEREIN)
 
                               C/O CT CORPORATION
                               1209 ORANGE STREET
                           WILMINGTON, DELAWARE 19801
                                 (302) 658-7581
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
                                 CT CORPORATION
                               1209 ORANGE STREET
                           WILMINGTON, DELAWARE 19801
                                 (302) 658-7581
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                                ----------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>
             OWEN C. MARX                          RICHARD M. SCHETMAN
         Dorsey & Whitney LLP                 Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft
           250 Park Avenue                           100 Maiden Lane
       New York, New York 10177                  New York, New York 10038
            (212) 415-9285                            (212) 504-6906
</TABLE>
 
                                ----------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
                                ----------------
 
    If  the  only securities  being registered  on this  Form are  being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the  following
box: / /
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box: / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering: / /
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the  earliest effective registration statement
for the same offering: / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box: / /
                                ----------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PROPOSED MAXIMUM
                                                                PROPOSED MAXIMUM     AGGREGATE
           TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                AMOUNT TO       OFFERING PRICE       OFFERING         AMOUNT OF
        SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED            BE REGISTERED      PER UNIT (1)       PRICE (1)      REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                           <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
 Receivable-Backed Notes....................     $1,000,000        $1,000,000        $1,000,000           (2)
</TABLE>
    
 
(1) Estimated  solely  for  the  purposes of  calculating  the  registration fee
    pursuant to Rule 457.
   
(2) Previously paid.
    
                                ----------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
   
    This registration statement contains two forms of prospectus: one to be used
in  connection with  an offering in  the United States  (the "U.S. Prospectus"),
together with  certain separate  pages of  the  U.S. Prospectus  to be  used  in
connection  with offers and sales relating  to market making transactions in the
Notes by affiliates of the registrant, and  one to be used in connection with  a
concurrent  international offering outside the United States (the "International
Prospectus"). The International Prospectus is substantially the same as the U.S.
Prospectus except  for  the  front  cover page  and  the  pages  reflecting  the
"Underwriting"  section. The form of the  U.S. Prospectus is included herein and
is followed by the pages  related to the market  making U.S. Prospectus for  the
Notes.  All other pages of the U.S. Prospectus for the Notes are also to be used
for the market making U.S. Prospectus. The pages to be used in the International
Prospectus which differ  from those  in the  U.S. Prospectus  follow the  market
making U.S. Prospectus pages. Each of the pages for the International Prospectus
is  labeled "Alternate  Page for International  Prospectus." Each  of the market
making pages  for the  U.S. Prospectus  is labeled  "Alternate Page  for  Market
Making  U.S.  Prospectus." Each  of the  U.S.  Prospectus and  the International
Prospectus will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to
Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
    
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 13, 1996
    
                                  $
   
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
    
 
                $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A
                $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B
                $             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS C
 
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
 
                            AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
                                    SERVICER
 
   
    Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1 (the "Owner Trust") will be formed
pursuant  to  a  Trust  Agreement  between  Antigua  Funding  Corporation   (the
"Depositor"),  which  is  to  be  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  AT&T Capital
Corporation ("TCC") following  the consummation of  the Merger, and
        ,  as Owner Trustee  (the "Owner Trustee").  The Receivable-Backed Notes
(the "Notes") will be issued  by the Owner Trust  pursuant to an Indenture  (the
"Indenture")  between the Owner Trust and                 , as Indenture Trustee
(the "Indenture Trustee"). The  property of the  Owner Trust (collectively,  the
"Trust  Assets"), from the date of issuance of the Notes (the "Closing Date") to
the Merger Consummation Date,  will consist of the  proceeds of the Notes,  plus
additional   cash,  which  will  be  held  (and  invested  in  certain  Eligible
Investments) in an Escrow Account, and will be sufficient to redeem the Notes at
the Special Redemption Price on the Special Redemption Date if the Merger is not
consummated on or before  September    , 1996. The cash  in the Escrow  Account,
together  with the proceeds of the Equity Certificates to be issued by the Owner
Trust to the Depositor (which will thereafter be disposed of by the Depositor in
a transaction unrelated  to the  issuance of  the Notes),  will be  used on  the
Merger  Consummation  Date to  acquire a  pool of  equipment leases  (the "Lease
Contracts") and installment sale contracts, promissory notes, loan and  security
agreements and similar types of receivables (the "Loan Contracts," and, together
with  the Lease Contracts, the "Contracts") and the interest of the Depositor in
certain equipment related to such Contracts (the "Equipment"). TCC will  service
the  Contracts pursuant  to a Transfer  and Servicing Agreement,  expected to be
entered into  among the  Depositor, TCC,  the Indenture  Trustee and  the  Owner
Trust.  Of the Notes being offered, $         , $          and $         initial
principal amount  of  the Class  A  Notes, Class  B  Notes and  Class  C  Notes,
respectively,  are  being offered  initially in  the United  States by  the U.S.
Underwriters and $         , $          and $         , respectively, are  being
offered  initially outside the United States  by the International Managers. The
Initial Public Offering Price  and Underwriting Discount  will be identical  for
both offerings.
    
 
   
                                                   (CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
    
 
   
         FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING,
                     SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 16 HEREIN.
    
                                 -------------
 
    THE  NOTES  WILL  REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS  OF  THE  OWNER TRUST  AND  WILL NOT
REPRESENT INTERESTS  IN  OR OBLIGATIONS  OF  ANTIGUA FUNDING  CORPORATION,  AT&T
CAPITAL CORPORATION OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
       SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE   SECURITIES
       COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS
          PROSPECTUS. ANY    REPRESENTATION TO  THE CONTRARY IS  A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    INITIAL PUBLIC                UNDERWRITING              PROCEEDS TO
                                  OFFERING PRICE (1)              DISCOUNT (2)          THE DEPOSITOR (1)(3)
                            ------------------------------  ------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                         <C>                             <C>                       <C>
Per Class A Note..........                %                            %                         %
Per Class B Note..........                %                            %                         %
Per Class C Note..........                %                            %                         %
Total.....................                $                            $                         $
</TABLE>
    
 
- ----------------
(1) Plus  accrued  interest,  if  any, at  the  applicable  Interest  Rate, from
                 , 1996.
(2) The Depositor has agreed to indemnify the U.S. Underwriters against  certain
    liabilities,  including liabilities  under the  Securities Act  of 1933. See
    "Underwriting."
(3) Before  deducting  expenses  payable  by  the  Depositor,  estimated  to  be
    $         .
 
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
NOMURA INTERNATIONAL                                        GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
   
    The  Notes  are offered  severally by  the  U.S. Underwriters,  as specified
herein, subject to  prior sale and  subject to the  U.S. Underwriters' right  to
reject  orders in whole or in part. It  is expected that the Notes will be ready
for delivery in book-entry form through  the facilities of The Depository  Trust
Company  in New York, New  York, Cedel Bank, societe  anonyme, and the Euroclear
System against  payment therefor  in  immediately available  funds on  or  about
September   , 1996.
    
 
    Application  has  been  made  to  list the  Notes  on  the  Luxembourg Stock
Exchange.
 
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                                  -----------
 
               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS SEPTEMBER   , 1996
<PAGE>
   
(CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE)
    
 
   
    The Owner Trust will  also issue two classes  of certificates of  beneficial
interest,  the Equity Certificates and the  Equipment Certificate, which are not
being offered  hereby. The  Equipment Certificate  will represent  an  undivided
interest  in,  and be  payable solely  from, the  Equipment and  certain amounts
derived from the sale or other  disposition of the Equipment upon expiration  or
termination  (including  an early  termination  or liquidation)  of  the related
Contracts and certain other amounts as described herein. Amounts payable on  the
Equipment  Certificate  will  not  be  available  for  payment  of  interest and
principal on  the  Notes. It  is  expected  that the  Equity  Certificates  will
initially  represent  the  right to  receive  principal  in an  amount  equal to
approximately 4% of the Cut-Off  Date Contract Pool Principal Balance,  together
with interest thereon at    % per annum.
    
 
   
    The  Notes  and the  Equity Certificates  will be  payable solely  from, and
secured by,  the Amount  Available  on each  Payment  Date (which  will  consist
primarily  of the  Scheduled Payments due  under the  Contracts, certain amounts
received upon the  prepayment or  purchase of Contracts  or (to  the extent  not
payable  on  the Equipment  Certificate) liquidation  of the  related Equipment,
investment earnings on amounts deposited  in the Collection Account  established
pursuant  to the  Indenture, in  each case subject  to prior  application to pay
certain fees and expenses, and amounts permitted to be withdrawn therefor from a
Cash Collateral  Account)  in  the  order  of  priority  described  herein.  The
likelihood of payment of interest on each Class of Notes will be enhanced by the
application of the Amount Available to the payment of such interest prior to the
payment  of principal on any of the Notes or the Equity Certificates, as well as
by the preferential right of the Holders of Notes of each such Class to  receive
such  interest (1) in the case of the Class A Notes, prior to the payment of any
interest on the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes or the Equity Certificates, (2)
in the case of the Class  B Notes, prior to the  payment of any interest on  the
Class  C Notes or  the Equity Certificates, and  (3) in the case  of the Class C
Notes, prior  to  the  payment  of any  interest  on  the  Equity  Certificates.
Likewise,  the likelihood of payment of principal on each Class of Notes will be
enhanced by the preferential right of the Holders of Notes of each such Class to
receive such principal, to the extent  of the Amount Available after payment  of
interest  on the Notes and the Equity Certificates as aforesaid, (i) in the case
of the Class  A Notes,  prior to the  payment of  any principal on  the Class  B
Notes,   the  Class  C  Notes  or   (except  as  described  herein)  the  Equity
Certificates, (ii) in the case of the Class B Notes, prior to the payment of any
principal on  the Class  C Notes  or  (except as  described herein)  the  Equity
Certificates,  and (iii) in the case of the  Class C Notes, prior to the payment
of any principal  on the Equity  Certificates, except as  described herein.  See
"Description of the Notes."
    
 
   
    To  the extent the Amount Available  is sufficient therefor, interest at the
rate per annum noted above for  each of the Class A,  Class B and Class C  Notes
(the applicable "Interest Rate") will be paid to Holders of each Class of Notes,
and  principal will be paid  on the applicable Class  of Notes, on the    day of
each month  (or, if  such day  is not  a Business  Day, on  the next  succeeding
Business  Day), commencing October   , 1996 (each, a "Payment Date"). The Stated
Maturity Date for the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes  is
             ,              , and              , respectively.
    
 
   
    The  Notes  are subject  to redemption  in whole  as described  herein under
"Description of the Notes  -- Special Redemption" and  "-- Optional Purchase  of
Contracts."
    
 
   
    There  is  currently no  secondary  market for  the  Notes and  there  is no
assurance that one will develop. The  U.S. Underwriters expect, but will not  be
obligated, to make a market in the Notes in the United States. The International
Managers  expect,  but will  not be  obligated, to  make a  market in  the Notes
outside the United States.  There is no assurance  that either such market  will
develop,  or if either such market does develop, that such market will continue.
See "Risk Factors."
    
 
   
    It is a condition of  issuance of the Notes that  each of Standard &  Poor's
Ratings  Services, Moody's Investors Service, Inc.,  Duff & Phelps Credit Rating
Co. and Fitch Investors Service, L.P. (i) rate the Class A Notes in its  highest
rating category, (ii) rate the Class B Notes "       ," "       ," "       " and
"        ," respectively, and (iii) rate the Class C Notes "       ," "       ,"
"       " and "       ," respectively. See "Ratings of the Notes."
    
 
   
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AND/OR INTERNATIONAL
MANAGERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN  THE
MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN
THE  OPEN MARKET.  SUCH STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE  DISCONTINUED AT ANY
TIME.
    
 
   
    Upon receipt of  a request  by an investor  who has  received an  electronic
Prospectus  from any Underwriter or a  request by such investor's representative
within the period during which there  is an obligation to deliver a  Prospectus,
such  Underwriter  will  promptly deliver,  or  cause to  be  delivered, without
charge, to such investor a paper copy of the Prospectus.
    
 
   
    The Depositor has not  authorized any offer  of Notes to  the public in  the
United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations
1995  (the "Regulations").  The Notes  may not  lawfully be  offered or  sold to
persons in the United Kingdom except in circumstances which do not result in  an
offer  to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Regulations
or otherwise in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Regulations.
    
 
   
    The Depositor does not intend to register the Notes under the Securities and
Exchange Law of Japan (the "SEL"). Accordingly, the Notes may not be offered  or
sold directly or indirectly in Japan, and this Prospectus may not be distributed
or  circulated in Japan, except in circumstances that do not constitute an offer
to the public within the meaning of the SEL.
    
<PAGE>
                           INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
 
   
    All documents filed by the Servicer, on behalf of the Owner Trust,  pursuant
to  Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act"), after the date of this Prospectus and prior to the
termination of the offering of the Notes  shall be deemed to be incorporated  by
reference  into this Prospectus. Any statement contained herein or in a document
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to
be modified or superseded for purposes of  this Prospectus to the extent that  a
statement  contained herein or in any  subsequently filed document which also is
to be incorporated by  reference herein modifies  or supersedes such  statement.
Any  such statement so modified or superseded  shall not be deemed, except as so
modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
    
 
    The Depositor will provide without charge to  each person to whom a copy  of
this  Prospectus is delivered, on the written  or oral request of such person, a
copy of any or all of the documents incorporated herein by reference, except the
exhibits to  such documents.  Requests for  such copies  should be  directed  to
Antigua  Funding Corporation,  1209 Orange  Street, Wilmington,  Delaware 19801,
Attention: Secretary.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The  Depositor,  as  the  originator  of  the  Owner  Trust,  has  filed   a
Registration  Statement  under  the  Securities Act  of  1933,  as  amended (the
"Securities  Act"),   with  the   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission   (the
"Commission")  on behalf of  the Owner Trust  with respect to  the Notes offered
pursuant to this Prospectus. For further  information, reference is made to  the
Registration Statement and amendments thereof and to the exhibits thereto, which
are  available for inspection without charge  at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.  20549;
7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048; and Northwest Atrium
Center,  500 Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of the Registration
Statement and amendments thereof and exhibits  thereto may be obtained from  the
Public  Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The  Commission also maintains a World Wide  Web
site  which provides on-line access to reports, proxy and information statements
and other information  regarding registrants that  file electronically with  the
Commission at the address "http://www.sec.gov."
 
                             REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
 
   
    Unless  and  until Definitive  Notes are  issued, monthly  unaudited reports
containing information concerning the Owner Trust, and prepared by the Servicer,
will be sent by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Owner Trust only to  Cede
&  Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered holder
of the Notes, and to the Luxembourg Paying Agent. See "Description of the  Notes
- --   Book-Entry  Registration."  Such  reports  will  not  constitute  financial
statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
See "Description  of  the  Notes  --  Reports  to  Noteholders"  for  additional
information  concerning periodic reports to Noteholders. Note Owners may receive
such reports, upon  written request to  the Indenture Trustee,  together with  a
certification  that they are Note Owners, and payment of any expenses associated
with the distribution of such  reports. Any such request  should be made to  the
Indenture  Trustee at the following  address:
            . Neither TCC nor the Depositor intends to send any of its financial
reports to Note Owners. The  Servicer, on behalf of  the Owner Trust, will  file
with  the Commission periodic  reports concerning the Owner  Trust to the extent
required under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the  Commission
thereunder.
    
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                       PAGE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE................................................................................          i
AVAILABLE INFORMATION.....................................................................................          i
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS....................................................................................          i
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY........................................................................................          1
RISK FACTORS..............................................................................................         16
  Limited Liquidity; Book-Entry Registration..............................................................         16
  Subordination; Limited Assets...........................................................................         16
  Yield and Prepayment Considerations.....................................................................         17
  Bankruptcy and Insolvency Risks.........................................................................         17
  Certain Legal Aspects...................................................................................         19
  No Gross-Up for Withholding Tax.........................................................................         20
THE MERGER................................................................................................         20
THE DEPOSITOR AND THE OWNER TRUST.........................................................................         21
  The Depositor...........................................................................................         21
  The Owner Trust.........................................................................................         22
  Capitalization of the Owner Trust.......................................................................         23
  The Owner Trustee.......................................................................................         23
AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION..................................................................................         23
THE ORIGINATORS...........................................................................................         24
  AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc......................................................................         24
  AT&T Credit Corporation and NCR Credit Corp.............................................................         25
  AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation.....................................................................         25
  Underwriting and Servicing..............................................................................         26
THE CONTRACTS.............................................................................................         30
  Description of the Contracts............................................................................         30
  Representations and Warranties Made by TCC..............................................................         32
  Certain Statistics Relating to the Preliminary Contract Pool............................................         35
  Certain Statistics Relating to Delinquencies and Defaults...............................................         38
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES..................................................................................         40
  General.................................................................................................         40
  Distributions...........................................................................................         40
  Class A Interest........................................................................................         42
  Class B Interest........................................................................................         42
  Class C Interest........................................................................................         42
  Principal...............................................................................................         43
  Special Redemption of the Notes.........................................................................         43
  Subordination of Class B and Class C Notes and Equity Certificates......................................         44
  Cash Collateral Account.................................................................................         44
  Liquidated Contracts....................................................................................         45
  Optional Purchase of Contracts..........................................................................         45
  Trust Accounts..........................................................................................         45
  Reports to Noteholders..................................................................................         46
  Book-Entry Registration.................................................................................         47
  Definitive Notes........................................................................................         50
  Modification of Indenture Without Noteholder Consent....................................................         50
  Modification of Indenture With Noteholder Consent.......................................................         51
  Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default.........................................................         51
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION                                                                                                       PAGE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                                                                         <C>
  Certain Covenants.......................................................................................         52
  Annual Compliance Statement.............................................................................         53
  Indenture Trustee's Annual Report.......................................................................         53
  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.................................................................         53
  The Indenture Trustee...................................................................................         53
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.......................................................         54
  Transfer and Assignment of Contracts and Equipment......................................................         54
  Collections on Contracts................................................................................         54
  Servicing...............................................................................................         55
  Amendment...............................................................................................         57
  Termination of the Agreement............................................................................         58
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS....................................................................         58
  Enforcement of Security Interests in the Equipment......................................................         58
  Insolvency Matters......................................................................................         59
UNITED STATES TAXATION....................................................................................         61
  Treatment of the Notes..................................................................................         61
  Treatment of the Owner Trust............................................................................         61
  Payments of Interest....................................................................................         61
  Original Issue Discount.................................................................................         62
  Market Discount.........................................................................................         62
  Amortizable Bond Premium................................................................................         62
  Sale, Exchange or Retirement of Notes...................................................................         63
  Tax Consequences to United States Alien Holders.........................................................         63
  Backup Withholding......................................................................................         64
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS......................................................................................         65
RATINGS OF THE NOTES......................................................................................         66
USE OF PROCEEDS...........................................................................................         66
UNDERWRITING..............................................................................................         67
LEGAL MATTERS.............................................................................................         69
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION....................................................................................         69
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS..................................................................................         70
APPENDIX A:
GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES.............................................        A-1
  Initial Settlement......................................................................................        A-1
  Secondary Market Trading................................................................................        A-1
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS................................................        A-3
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
   
    The  following  summary is  qualified in  its entirety  by reference  to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Certain capitalized
terms used in this Prospectus Summary  are defined elsewhere in this  Prospectus
on the pages indicated in the "Index of Principal Terms."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
ISSUER..............  A   trust,   referred  to   as  the   "Capita  Equipment
                      Receivables Trust 1996-1" (the  "Owner Trust"), will  be
                      formed  by the  Depositor pursuant to  a Trust Agreement
                      (the "Trust Agreement"), dated as of September   , 1996,
                      among the Depositor and                            ,  as
                      Owner Trustee. See "The Depositor and the Owner Trust --
                      The Owner Trust."
 
DEPOSITOR...........  Antigua  Funding  Corporation  (the  "Depositor"), which
                      will be  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  AT&T  Capital
                      Corporation  ("TCC") following  the consummation  of the
                      Merger.  The  Depositor  is  expected  to  acquire   the
                      Contracts  and the Originators'  interest in the related
                      Equipment on the Merger Consummation Date pursuant to  a
                      Purchase  and Sale Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement"),
                      expected to be dated as of September   , 1996, among the
                      Depositor, TCC and the  Originators, and will  thereupon
                      transfer  the Contracts and  the Depositor's interest in
                      the related Equipment to the  Owner Trust pursuant to  a
                      Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement  (the  "Transfer and
                      Servicing  Agreement"),  expected  to  be  dated  as  of
                      September      ,  1996,  among  the  Depositor,  TCC, as
                      Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trust. See
                      "The Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Depositor."
 
SERVICER............  TCC  will,  pursuant  to  the  Transfer  and   Servicing
                      Agreement,  act as  Servicer of  the Contracts following
                      their transfer to the  Owner Trust. See "Description  of
                      the  Transfer and Servicing Agreement -- Servicing." TCC
                      is a  full-service,  diversified equipment  leasing  and
                      finance  company that operates principally in the United
                      States. See "AT&T Capital Corporation."
 
INDENTURE TRUSTEE...  , in its  capacity as  trustee under  an Indenture  (the
                      "Indenture"),  dated as of  September    , 1996, between
                      the Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee.
 
OWNER TRUSTEE.......  , in its capacity as trustee under the Trust Agreement.
 
THE NOTES...........  The Owner Trust will  issue $       aggregate  principal
                      amount  of     % Receivable-Backed  Notes, Class  A (the
                      "Class A Notes"), $   aggregate principal amount of    %
                      Receivable-Backed Notes, Class B (the "Class B  Notes"),
                      and  $           aggregate  principal  amount of       %
                      Receivable-Backed Notes, Class C  (the "Class C  Notes")
                      (collectively,  the "Notes"), pursuant to the Indenture.
                      The Owner Trust will also issue the Equity  Certificates
                      and   the   Equipment  Certificate   (collectively,  the
                      "Certificates") to the  Depositor. The Certificates  are
                      not  being  offered  hereby.  See  "Description  of  the
                      Notes."
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
INTEREST............  Interest on  the outstanding  principal balance  of  the
                      Notes of each Class will accrue at the interest rate for
                      such   Class  specified  on  the   cover  page  of  this
                      Prospectus (the "Interest Rate" for such Class) from and
                      including  September       ,  1996,  to  but   excluding
                      October    , 1996  (in the  case  of the  first interest
                      period), and thereafter for each successive Payment Date
                      from and including the most recent prior Payment Date to
                      which interest  has been  paid,  to but  excluding  such
                      Payment  Date.  To the  extent  the Amount  Available is
                      sufficient therefor, the amount  of interest to be  paid
                      on  the Notes on  each Payment Date  will equal 30 days'
                      interest (or, in the case of the first interest  period,
                      interest  accrued from and including  September   , 1996
                      to but excluding October   , 1996). See "Description  of
                      the Notes."
 
PRINCIPAL...........  To   the  extent  the  Amount  Available  is  sufficient
                      therefor after payment of interest on the Notes and  the
                      Equity  Certificates, the aggregate  amount of principal
                      to be paid on the  Notes and the Equity Certificates  on
                      each  Payment  Date  will  equal  the  Monthly Principal
                      Amount. Principal payable on the  Notes will be paid  in
                      respect  of the Class A Notes on each Payment Date until
                      the Class A Principal Balance has been reduced to  zero,
                      then  in respect of principal on the Class B Notes until
                      the Class B Principal Balance has been reduced to  zero,
                      and  then in respect  of principal on  the Class C Notes
                      until the Class C Principal Balance has been reduced  to
                      zero.  Commencing  on the  first Payment  Date, however,
                         % of the Monthly Principal Amount will be payable  on
                      the  Equity Certificates  until the  aggregate amount so
                      paid equals $       . See  "Description of the Notes  --
                      Principal."
 
                      The "Monthly Principal Amount" for any Payment Date will
                      equal:
 
                          (i)  the difference between (a) the aggregate of the
                        Contract Principal  Balances  of  the  Contracts  (the
                        "Contract  Pool Principal Balance") as of the last day
                        of the Collection Period relating to the prior Payment
                        Date (or, in the case  of the first Payment Date,  the
                        Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance), and (b)
                        the Contract Pool Principal Balance as of the last day
                        of  the  Collection  Period relating  to  such Payment
                        Date, plus
 
                          (ii) any portion of the Monthly Principal Amount for
                        the prior  Payment Date  that was  not distributed  in
                        respect  of  principal  on  the  Notes  or  the Equity
                        Certificates, as  appropriate, on  such prior  Payment
                        Date.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      The  "Contract Principal Balance" of  any Contract as of
                      the last day of any Collection Period is:
 
                          (1) in the  case of  a Lease  Contract, the  present
                        value  of the  unpaid Scheduled  Payments due  on such
                        Lease Contract after such  last day of the  Collection
                        Period  (excluding  all Scheduled  Payments due  on or
                        prior to, but not  received as of,  such last day,  as
                        well as any Scheduled Payments due after such last day
                        and  received on or prior thereto), discounted monthly
                        at the rate of    % per annum (and assuming that  each
                        Scheduled  Payment  is  due  on the  last  day  of the
                        applicable Collection Period); and
 
                          (2) in the case of a Loan Contract, the  outstanding
                        principal  balance of such  Loan Contract after giving
                        effect to Scheduled Payments due  on or prior to  such
                        last  day  of the  Collection  Period, whether  or not
                        paid, as well as any Scheduled Payments due after such
                        last day and received on or prior thereto.
 
                      The Contract Principal  Balance of  any Contract  which,
                      during a Collection Period, became a Liquidated Contract
                      or  was required to be purchased by TCC as of the end of
                      such   Collection   Period   due   to   a   breach    of
                      representations  and warranties,  will, for  purposes of
                      computing the Monthly Principal  Amount for the  related
                      Payment Date, be deemed to be zero on and after the last
                      day  of such Collection  Period. A "Liquidated Contract"
                      is any Contract (a) with  respect to which the  Servicer
                      has  repossessed and disposed  of the related Equipment,
                      or  otherwise  collected  all  proceeds  which,  in  the
                      Servicer's   judgment,  can  be   collected  under  such
                      Contract, or (b) which is  delinquent 180 days or  more.
                      See "Description of the Notes -- Principal."
 
                      The "Collection Period" for any Payment Date will be the
                      calendar month preceding the month in which such Payment
                      Date occurs.
 
                      The  "Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance" will
                      equal:
 
                          (I) the aggregate of the Contract Principal Balances
                        of the Contracts as of the Cut-Off Date, plus
 
                          (II) the aggregate amount  of Scheduled Payments  on
                        the  Contracts due prior  to, but not  received as of,
                        the Cut-Off Date.
 
                      The aggregate of the  initial principal balances of  the
                      Notes  and the Equity  Certificates will be  equal to or
                      less than  the  Cut-Off  Date  Contract  Pool  Principal
                      Balance.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
STATED MATURITY
 DATES..............  If   and  to   the  extent  not   previously  paid,  the
                      outstanding principal  balance of  each Class  of  Notes
                      will  be  payable on  the Stated  Maturity Date  of such
                      Class.  The  Class  A  Stated  Maturity  Date  will   be
                                  ,              ; the Class B Stated Maturity
                      Date will be             ,             ; and the Class C
                      Stated Maturity Date will be             ,             .
 
DENOMINATIONS.......  The  Notes   will   be   available   for   purchase   in
                      denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
 
CLOSING DATE........  On or about September   , 1996.
 
CUT-OFF DATE........  September 1, 1996.
 
PAYMENT DATES AND
 RECORD DATES.......  Interest  and principal on the Notes will be paid on the
                        day of each month (or, if such   day is not a Business
                      Day, the next  succeeding Business  Day), commencing  in
                      October  1996, to Holders of  record on the Business Day
                      immediately preceding such Payment Date (so long as  the
                      Notes  are held  in book-entry  form), or  to Holders of
                      record on the last day  of the preceding calendar  month
                      (if Definitive Notes have been issued).
 
SUBORDINATION.......  The  likelihood of payment of  interest on each Class of
                      Notes will be enhanced by the application of the  Amount
                      Available  to the payment of  such interest prior to the
                      payment of principal on any  of the Notes or the  Equity
                      Certificates,  as well  as by the  preferential right of
                      the Holders of Notes of each such Class to receive  such
                      interest  (1) in the case of the Class A Notes, prior to
                      the payment of any  interest on the  Class B Notes,  the
                      Class  C Notes  or the  Equity Certificates,  (2) in the
                      case of the Class B Notes,  prior to the payment of  any
                      interest   on   the  Class   C   Notes  or   the  Equity
                      Certificates, and (3) in the case of the Class C  Notes,
                      prior  to  the payment  of  any interest  on  the Equity
                      Certificates. Likewise,  the  likelihood of  payment  of
                      principal on each Class of Notes will be enhanced by the
                      preferential  right of the Holders of Notes of each such
                      Class to receive  such principal, to  the extent of  the
                      Amount  Available after payment of interest on the Notes
                      and the  Equity Certificates  as aforesaid,  (i) in  the
                      case  of the Class A Notes,  prior to the payment of any
                      principal on the  Class B  Notes, the Class  C Notes  or
                      (except  as described  herein) the  Equity Certificates,
                      (ii) in the  case of  the Class  B Notes,  prior to  the
                      payment of any principal on the Class C Notes or (except
                      as  described herein) the Equity Certificates, and (iii)
                      in the case of the Class  C Notes, prior to the  payment
                      of  any principal on the  Equity Certificates, except as
                      described herein. See "Description of the Notes."
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
RATINGS.............  It is a condition of issuance of the Notes that each  of
                      Moody's  Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"), Standard &
                      Poor's  Ratings   Services  ("S&P"),   Fitch   Investors
                      Service,  L.P.  ("Fitch")  and  Duff  and  Phelps Credit
                      Rating Co. ("Duff & Phelps" and, together with  Moody's,
                      S&P and Fitch, the "Rating Agencies") rate (i) the Class
                      A Notes in its highest rating category, (ii) the Class B
                      Notes "            ," "            ," "            " and
                      "                ," respectively, and  (iii) the Class C
                      Notes "            ," "            ," "            " and
                      "                  ," respectively.  A rating  is not  a
                      recommendation  to buy, sell or  hold securities and may
                      be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by  the
                      assigning Rating Agency. See "Ratings of the Notes."
 
USE OF PROCEEDS.....  If  the Merger is  consummated on or  prior to September
                        , 1996, the proceeds from the offering and sale of the
                      Notes,  together  with  the  proceeds  derived  by   the
                      Depositor   from   its   disposition   of   the   Equity
                      Certificates, will be used  by the Depositor to  acquire
                      the  Contracts  and  the  Originators'  interest  in the
                      Equipment and to pay  expenses payable by the  Depositor
                      in  connection with  the issuance  of the  Notes and the
                      Equity Certificates. See "The Merger."
 
THE MERGER..........  It is  expected that  TCC will  be merged  with  Antigua
                      Acquisition  Corporation, a  wholly owned  subsidiary of
                      Hercules Limited, on the Merger Consummation Date. As  a
                      result  of the Merger, the Depositor (which currently is
                      a  wholly  owned   subsidiary  of  Antigua   Acquisition
                      Corporation)  will become  a wholly  owned subsidiary of
                      TCC (which will be the surviving company in the Merger).
 
                      On the  Merger  Consummation Date,  the  Depositor  will
                      transfer  the Contracts,  its interest  in the Equipment
                      and the other Trust Assets  to the Owner Trust, and  the
                      proceeds  of the Escrow Account  (which will include the
                      proceeds of the sale of the Notes) will be released  to,
                      or  upon  the  order  of,  the  Depositor.  See  "Use of
                      Proceeds" above.  If the  Merger is  not consummated  by
                      September   , 1996, all of the Notes will be redeemed at
                      the  Special Redemption Price  on the Special Redemption
                      Date. See  "Special Redemption"  below. Consummation  of
                      the  Merger is  subject to  certain regulatory approvals
                      and other preconditions. See "The Merger."
 
MERGER CONSUMMATION
 DATE...............  The date on which  the Merger is consummated,  currently
                      anticipated to be September 17, 1996.
 
SPECIAL
 REDEMPTION.........  If  the Merger has not been consummated by September   ,
                      1996, all of  the Notes  shall be redeemed  and paid  in
                      full  on September   , 1996,  or on such earlier date as
                      the  Depositor  may  elect  upon  giving  the  Indenture
                      Trustee  written notice  thereof at  least five Business
                      Days prior to such date (the "Special Redemption Date"),
                      at a redemption price  (the "Special Redemption  Price")
                      which  is equal to (i) in respect of any Class of Notes,
                      the initial offering  price of  such Class  of Notes  as
                      shown  on  the  cover  page  of  this  Prospectus,  plus
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      (ii)  interest  on  such   offering  price,  from   (and
                      including)  the  Closing  Date to  (but  excluding) such
                      Special Redemption Date,  at the rate  of 10% per  annum
                      (calculated  on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of
                      twelve 30-day months). The  Special Redemption Price  in
                      respect  of the Notes  will be paid  from the amounts on
                      deposit in the Escrow Account as described under  "Trust
                      Assets" below, which amounts will be sufficient (without
                      regard  to any proceeds of the investment thereof) to so
                      pay  such  Special  Redemption  Price  on  the   Special
                      Redemption   Date.  A  public   notice  of  the  Special
                      Redemption, if any, will  be provided by publication  in
                      Luxembourg.  See  "Description of  the Notes  -- Special
                      Redemption of the Notes."
 
TRUST ASSETS........  From the  Closing  Date until  the  Merger  Consummation
                      Date,  the  Trust  Assets  will  consist  solely  of the
                      proceeds of the Notes, plus additional cash, which  will
                      be  deposited and held (and invested in certain Eligible
                      Investments at the  direction of the  Depositor) in  the
                      Escrow  Account  maintained  by  the  Indenture  Trustee
                      pursuant to  the  Indenture  until (i)  applied  by  the
                      Indenture Trustee to the special redemption of the Notes
                      as  described under "Special  Redemption" above, or (ii)
                      paid over to the Depositor  and used as described  under
                      "Use  of Proceeds" above. See  "Description of the Notes
                      -- Special Redemption of the Notes."
 
                      The Trust Assets, from and after the Merger Consummation
                      Date, will consist of:
 
                          (i) a  pool of  equipment lease  contracts (each,  a
                        "Lease  Contract")  and  installment  sale  contracts,
                        promissory notes,  loan  and security  agreements  and
                        other  similar  types  of receivables  (each,  a "Loan
                        Contract")  (all   such  Lease   Contracts  and   Loan
                        Contracts being referred to herein as the "Contracts")
                        with  various  lessees,  borrowers  or  other obligors
                        thereunder (each, an  "Obligor"), including the  right
                        to  receive  all  Scheduled  Payments  and Prepayments
                        received thereon  from  and  after  the  Cut-Off  Date
                        (including  all Scheduled  Payments due  prior to, but
                        not received as  of, the Cut-Off  Date, but  excluding
                        any  Scheduled Payments due on  or after, but received
                        prior to, the Cut-Off Date);
 
                          (ii) the interest of the Depositor in the  equipment
                        subject  to  such Contracts  (the  "Equipment"), which
                        interest is either an ownership interest or a security
                        interest;
 
                          (iii)  amounts   on   deposit   in   (and   Eligible
                        Investments allocated to) certain accounts established
                        pursuant   to  the  Indenture  and  the  Transfer  and
                        Servicing Agreement, including the Collection Account;
                        and
 
                          (iv) certain  other property  and assets  as  herein
                        described.
 
                      A portion of the Trust Assets will secure payment of the
                      Notes.  See "Source  of Payment and  Security" below and
                      "The Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Owner Trust."
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
SOURCE OF PAYMENT
 AND SECURITY.......  Principal of and  interest on the  Notes and the  Equity
                      Certificates  will be  paid on each  Payment Date solely
                      from, and secured  by, the "Amount  Available" for  such
                      Payment Date, which is equal to:
 
                          (1) the sum of (a) those Pledged Revenues on deposit
                        in  the Collection Account as of the last Business Day
                        preceding the related Determination Date (the "Deposit
                        Date") (i) which were received by the Servicer  during
                        the  related  Collection  Period  or  which  represent
                        amounts paid  by  TCC  or the  Depositor  to  purchase
                        Contracts  and related Equipment as of the end of such
                        Collection Period ("Related Collection Period  Pledged
                        Revenues"),  or (ii)  to the  extent necessary  to pay
                        interest on the Notes  and the Equity Certificates  on
                        such Payment Date, which were received by the Servicer
                        during   the   current  Collection   Period  ("Current
                        Collection Period Pledged Revenues"), plus (b) amounts
                        permitted to  be  withdrawn  therefor  from  the  Cash
                        Collateral   Account,   as   described   under   "Cash
                        Collateral Account" below, less
 
                          (2) the related Servicing Fee as described in clause
                        (i) under "Priority of Payments" below.
 
                      "Pledged Revenues" will consist of:
 
                          (i) "Scheduled  Payments"  on the  Contracts  (which
                        will consist of all payments under the Contracts other
                        than  those portions of such payments which, under the
                        Contracts, are to  be (A) applied  by the Servicer  to
                        the  payment of insurance premiums, maintenance, taxes
                        and other similar obligations, or (B) retained by  the
                        Servicer  in payment of  Administrative Fees) received
                        on or after the Cut-Off  Date and due during the  term
                        of the Contracts, without giving effect to end-of-term
                        extensions   or   renewals   thereof   (including  all
                        Scheduled Payments due prior  to, but not received  as
                        of,  the  Cut-Off  Date, but  excluding  any Scheduled
                        Payments due on or after,  but received prior to,  the
                        Cut-Off Date);
 
                          (ii)   any  voluntary   prepayments  ("Prepayments")
                        received on  or  after  the  Cut-Off  Date  under  the
                        Contracts,  provided that the amount, if any, by which
                        any such Prepayment exceeds the Required Payoff Amount
                        of the related  Contract will  not constitute  Pledged
                        Revenues;
 
                          (iii)  any amounts paid by TCC to purchase Contracts
                        and  the  related  Equipment   due  to  a  breach   of
                        representations and warranties with respect thereto as
                        described   under   "Mandatory  Purchase   of  Certain
                        Contracts" below or by  the Depositor to purchase  the
                        Contracts and the related Equipment as described under
                        "Optional  Purchase of Contracts"  below, in each case
                        excluding those portions  thereof attributable to  the
                        Book Value of the Equipment;
 
                          (iv)  certain  of  the  proceeds  derived  from  the
                        liquidation  of   the   Contracts  and   the   related
                        Equipment,  as described  under "Liquidated Contracts"
                        below; and
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                          (v)  any  earnings  on  the  investment  of  amounts
                        credited to the Collection Account.
 
ORIGINATORS OF THE
 CONTRACTS..........  The  Contracts that are  expected to be  included in the
                      Trust Assets on and  after the Merger Consummation  Date
                      have been originated or, in some cases, acquired by four
                      wholly  owned subsidiaries of  TCC: AT&T Capital Leasing
                      Services,  Inc.   ("Leasing  Services"),   AT&T   Credit
                      Corporation  ("Credit  Corp."), NCR  Credit  Corp. ("NCR
                      Credit"), and the Portland  division of AT&T  Commercial
                      Finance Corporation (such division is referred to herein
                      as  "CFC") (collectively, the  "Originators"). See "AT&T
                      Capital Corporation" and "The Originators."
 
THE CONTRACTS.......  The aggregate of the Contracts and the related Equipment
                      expected to be held  by the Owner Trust  as part of  the
                      Trust  Assets, as of any particular date, is referred to
                      as the "Contract Pool," and the Contract Pool, as of the
                      Cut-Off Date,  is referred  to  as the  "Final  Contract
                      Pool."  The  Depositor has  prepared  certain statistics
                      relating to the pool of Contracts which, subject to  the
                      exception   noted  below,  will   constitute  the  Final
                      Contract  Pool.  These  statistics  are  based  on  such
                      Contracts as of August 1, 1996 (the "Preliminary Cut-Off
                      Date").  The Final  Contract Pool  will consist  of such
                      Contracts, less that portion  of the Contract  Principal
                      Balances  which are paid or prepaid from the Preliminary
                      Cut-Off Date  to  the  Cut-Off  Date.  Accordingly,  the
                      statistics  relating to such pool of Contracts as of the
                      Preliminary  Cut-Off  Date  (the  "Preliminary  Contract
                      Pool")  will  differ  somewhat from  the  Final Contract
                      Pool; however,  the  statistics relating  to  the  Final
                      Contract Pool will be included in the final Prospectus.
 
                      As  of  the  Preliminary Cut-Off  Date,  the Preliminary
                      Contract  Pool   had   the   following   characteristics
                      (percentages  are by Contract  Pool Principal Balance as
                      of such  date (the  "Preliminary Cut-Off  Date  Contract
                      Pool  Principal Balance"),  determined for  this purpose
                      using an assumed discount rate of   %):
 
                        (i)  the  Preliminary   Cut-Off  Date  Contract   Pool
                        Principal Balance was approximately $       ;
 
                        (ii) there were approximately        Contracts;
 
                        (iii)  the  average  Contract  Principal  Balance  was
                        $       ;
 
                        (iv) of such Contracts, approximately    % were  Lease
                        Contracts and approximately   % were Loan Contracts;
 
                        (v)  approximately    %  of such  Contracts related to
                        [type  of  Equipment],  approximately      %  of  such
                        Contracts   related   to  [type   of   Equipment]  and
                        approximately   % of  such Contracts related to  [type
                        of Equipment];
 
                        (vi)  no more than approximately   % of such Contracts
                        were with Obligors located in any one State;
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                        (vii) no more than   % of the Contracts had a Contract
                        Principal Balance exceeding $       ;
 
                        (viii) approximately    %  of the  Contracts had  been
                        originated  by the Originators with  the remaining   %
                        of the  Contracts  having  been  originated  by  third
                        parties and purchased by one of the Originators;
 
                        (ix)  the remaining  term of  the Contracts  as of the
                        Preliminary Cut-Off  Date ranged  from      months  to
                        months;
 
                        (x)   the  weighted  average  remaining  term  of  the
                        Contracts was   months; and
 
                        (xi) no more than approximately    % of the  Contracts
                        related  to  the  ten  Obligors  having  the  greatest
                        aggregate  Contract  Principal   Balances.  See   "The
                        Contracts   --  Certain  Statistics  Relating  to  the
                        Preliminary Contract Pool."
 
                      TCC will  make  certain representations  and  warranties
                      regarding  each  Contract,  and  will  be  obligated  to
                      purchase any Contract in  the event of  a breach of  any
                      such  representation  or  warranty  that  materially and
                      adversely  affects  the  value  of  such  Contract.  See
                      "Mandatory Purchase of Certain Contracts" below.
 
CONTRACT
 PREPAYMENTS........  TCC  will represent and  warrant that none  of the Lease
                      Contracts permit the  Obligor thereunder  to prepay  the
                      amounts  due  under  such  Lease  Contract  or otherwise
                      terminate the  Lease  Contract prior  to  its  scheduled
                      expiration date (except for a de minimis number of Lease
                      Contracts   which  allow  for   a  prepayment  or  early
                      termination upon payment of an amount which is not  less
                      than the Required Payoff Amount). Under the Transfer and
                      Servicing  Agreement, the Servicer  will be permitted to
                      allow Prepayments of any of  the Lease Contracts to  the
                      extent  that the amount of  the prepayment on such Lease
                      Contract is at least equal to the Required Payoff Amount
                      for such Lease Contract.
 
                      The Loan  Contracts  permit the  Obligor  thereunder  to
                      prepay  the Loan Contract,  in whole or  in part, at any
                      time at par plus accrued interest. Approximately   %  of
                      the Contracts (by Preliminary Cut-Off Date Contract Pool
                      Principal Balance) were Loan Contracts.
 
                      The  "Required  Payoff  Amount,"  with  respect  to  any
                      Collection Period for any Contract, is equal to the  sum
                      of:
 
                          (i)  the  Scheduled Payment  due in  such Collection
                        Period, together with  any Scheduled  Payments due  in
                        prior Collection Periods and not yet received, plus
 
                          (ii) the Contract Principal Balance of such Contract
                        as  of the last  day of such  Collection Period (after
                        taking into account the Scheduled Payment due in  such
                        Collection Period).
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      In  no event will Pledged Revenues include (nor will the
                      Notes or the  Equity Certificates  otherwise be  payable
                      from)  any portion of  a Prepayment on  a Contract which
                      exceeds the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract.
 
LIQUIDATED
 CONTRACTS..........  Liquidation  Proceeds   received  with   respect  to   a
                      Liquidated  Contract  and the  related  Equipment (which
                      will be  reduced by  any related  liquidation  expenses)
                      will  be allocated as follows:   (i) with respect to any
                      Loan Contract,  all such  Liquidation Proceeds  will  be
                      allocated to the Notes and the Equity Certificates; and
 
                      (ii)   with   respect  to   any  Lease   Contract,  such
                      Liquidation Proceeds  will be  allocated on  a pro  rata
                      basis  between  the  Equipment Certificate,  on  the one
                      hand, and the Notes and the Equity Certificates, on  the
                      other, based respectively on (a) the "Book Value" of the
                      Equipment (which is a fixed amount equal to the value of
                      the  Equipment  as  shown on  the  accounting  books and
                      records of  TCC as  of  the Cut-Off  Date) and  (b)  the
                      Required Payoff Amount for such Lease Contract; provided
                      that in no event will the amount of Liquidation Proceeds
                      allocated  to  the  Notes  and  the  Equity Certificates
                      exceed the Required Payoff Amount.
 
                      All Liquidation Proceeds which  are so allocable to  the
                      Notes  and the Equity Certificates  will be deposited in
                      the Collection Account  and constitute Pledged  Revenues
                      to  be applied to the  payment of interest and principal
                      on the Notes and  the Equity Certificates in  accordance
                      with   the  priorities  described   under  "Priority  of
                      Payments" below.
 
NO SUBSTITUTION.....  Under the  Trust Agreement,  the  Owner Trustee  is  not
                      permitted  to  accept (from  the  Depositor, TCC  or any
                      other party)  any  lease,  contract or  other  asset  or
                      property  in  substitution  for any  part  of  the Trust
                      Assets, including any of the Contracts.
 
SERVICING...........  The  Servicer   will   be  responsible   for   managing,
                      administering,  servicing and making  collections on the
                      Contracts. Compensation to the  Servicer will include  a
                      monthly fee (the "Servicing Fee"), which will be payable
                      to  the  Servicer  from  the  Amount  Available  on each
                      Payment Date,  in  an amount  equal  to the  product  of
                      one-twelfth  of   % per annum multiplied by the Contract
                      Pool Principal Balance determined as of the last day  of
                      the  second preceding Collection Period (or, in the case
                      of the  Servicing Fee  with  respect to  the  Collection
                      Period commencing on the Cut-Off Date, the Contract Pool
                      Principal Balance as of the Cut-Off Date), plus any late
                      fees,   documentation  fees,   insurance  administration
                      charges   and   other   administrative   charges    (the
                      "Administrative  Fees")  collected with  respect  to the
                      Contracts during  the  related  Collection  Period.  The
                      Servicer  may  be terminated  as Servicer  under certain
                      circumstances, in which event a successor Servicer would
                      be   appointed   to    service   the   Contracts.    See
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      "AT&T  Capital  Corporation"  and  "Description  of  the
                      Transfer and Servicing Agreement -- Servicing --  Events
                      of Servicing Termination."
 
MANDATORY PURCHASE
 OF CERTAIN
 CONTRACTS..........  TCC  will  make certain  representations  and warranties
                      with respect to each Contract and the related Equipment,
                      as  more   fully   described  in   "The   Contracts   --
                      Representations   and  Warranties  Made   by  TCC."  The
                      Indenture Trustee  will be  entitled to  require TCC  to
                      purchase  any Contract  and the related  Equipment, at a
                      price equal to (i) the Required Payoff Amount, plus (ii)
                      the Book  Value of  the  related Equipment  (which  Book
                      Value   amount  will  be   allocated  to  the  Equipment
                      Certificate), if the value of the Contract is materially
                      and  adversely  affected  by   a  breach  of  any   such
                      representation  or warranty which is  not cured within a
                      specified period.
 
EQUITY
 CERTIFICATES.......  The Owner  Trust  will issue  the  Equity  Certificates,
                      representing  a  beneficial  ownership  interest  in the
                      Owner Trust, to the  Depositor. The Equity  Certificates
                      will  be  transferred  by the  Depositor  in  a separate
                      transaction. The  Equity  Certificates will  be  payable
                      from  Pledged Revenues  in the  priority described under
                      "Priority of Payments"  below. It is  expected that  the
                      Equity  Certificates initially will  represent the right
                      to receive principal in an amount equal to approximately
                      4% of the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal  Balance,
                      together  with interest  thereon at an  interest rate of
                        % per  annum. Commencing  on the  first Payment  Date,
                         %  of the Monthly Principal Amount will be payable on
                      the Equity Certificates  until the  aggregate amount  so
                      paid equals $       .
 
EQUIPMENT
 CERTIFICATE........  The  Owner Trust  will issue  the Equipment Certificate,
                      representing a  beneficial  ownership  interest  in  the
                      Owner Trust, to the Depositor. The Equipment Certificate
                      will represent an undivided interest in:
 
                      (i)  all related Equipment or  the proceeds thereof upon
                      the  expiration  of  the  initial  term  of  any   Lease
                        Contracts;
 
                      (ii) any amount in excess of the amounts described under
                        "Contract  Prepayments"  above  which  are  paid  by a
                        Lessee in  connection  with the  prepayment  or  early
                        termination  of a Lease Contract  and are allocated to
                        the Notes and the Equity Certificates, which excess is
                        intended to  represent  the  value  of  the  Equipment
                        related thereto;
 
                      (iii) a portion of the Liquidation Proceeds derived from
                      the   liquidation  of  the  Contracts  and  the  related
                        Equipment, as described  under "Liquidated  Contracts"
                        above; and
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      (iv) that portion of the purchase price allocable to the
                      Book  Value of the related Equipment  (a) paid by TCC to
                        purchase any Contract and the related Equipment due to
                        a  breach  of   any  of   TCC's  representations   and
                        warranties  with respect  thereto (as  described under
                        "Mandatory Purchase of  Certain Contracts" above),  or
                        (b)  paid by the  Depositor pursuant to  its option to
                        repurchase all of  the outstanding  Contracts and  the
                        related   Equipment  (as   described  under  "Optional
                        Purchase of Contracts" below).
 
                      Amounts payable in respect of the Equipment  Certificate
                      are  not available to pay, and will not provide security
                      for the payment of, interest  or principal on the  Notes
                      or the Equity Certificates.
 
COLLECTION
 ACCOUNT............  The Indenture Trustee will establish and maintain one or
                      more  separate  accounts (collectively,  the "Collection
                      Account"). All Scheduled  Payments and Prepayments  from
                      Obligors  that are received by the Servicer on behalf of
                      the Owner  Trust will  be  deposited in  the  Collection
                      Account  no  later  than  five  Business  Days following
                      receipt thereof by  the Servicer. The  Servicer will  be
                      permitted  to  use any  alternative  remittance schedule
                      which is acceptable to the Rating Agencies if the effect
                      thereof will not result in a qualification, reduction or
                      withdrawal of any of the ratings then applicable to  the
                      Notes.  See "Description  of the  Transfer and Servicing
                      Agreement -- Collections on Contracts."
 
CASH COLLATERAL
 ACCOUNT............  A "Cash Collateral  Account" will be  established on  or
                      prior   to  the   Merger  Consummation   Date  and  will
                      thereafter be available  to the  Indenture Trustee.  The
                      Cash  Collateral Account will initially  be funded in an
                      amount equal to      %  of the  Contract Pool  Principal
                      Balance  as of the Cut-Off Date (approximately $      ).
                      Amounts on  deposit  from  time  to  time  in  the  Cash
                      Collateral  Account (up  to, but  not in  excess of, the
                      Requisite Amount described below, and not including  any
                      investment earnings on such funds) shall be used to fund
                      the  amounts specified  below in the  following order of
                      priority (to the extent that  amounts on deposit in  the
                      Collection   Account   as  of   any  Deposit   Date  are
                      insufficient  therefor  and   provided  that  any   such
                      insufficiency has resulted, directly or indirectly, from
                      delinquencies and/or defaults on the Contracts):
 
                      (i)  to  pay  interest  on  the  Notes  and  the  Equity
                      Certificates in the following order of priority:
 
                      (a) interest on the Class A Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon),
 
                      (b) interest on the Class B Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon),
 
                      (c) interest on the Class C Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon), and
 
                      (d) interest on the  Equity Certificates (including  any
                          overdue interest and interest thereon);
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      (ii)  to pay  any Principal Deficiency  Amount (equal to
                      the lesser of:
 
                      (a) the Current Realized Losses on Liquidated  Contracts
                          for the related Collection Period or
 
                      (b)  the excess, if any,  of (A) the aggregate principal
                          balance of  the Notes  and the  Equity  Certificates
                          (after  giving effect to  all other distributions of
                          principal  on  such  Payment  Date),  over  (B)  the
                          aggregate  of  the Required  Payoff Amounts  for all
                          Contracts  as  of  the  last  day  of  the   related
                          Collection Period); and
 
                      (iii)   to  pay  principal  on   the  Notes  and  Equity
                      Certificates at  the  applicable  Stated  Maturity  Date
                        thereof.
 
                      If  and to the extent that  the amount on deposit in the
                      Cash Collateral Account as of  any Payment Date is  less
                      than  the Requisite Amount (which is defined as being an
                      amount equal  to approximately  $         ,  subject  to
                      certain  adjustments),  then  such deficiency  is  to be
                      restored from  the  remaining  Amount  Available,  after
                      payment  of interest and principal  on the Notes and the
                      Equity Certificates  as  described  under  "Priority  of
                      Payments"  below.  Any  amount on  deposit  in  the Cash
                      Collateral Account in  excess of  the Requisite  Amount,
                      and  all  investment  earnings  on  funds  in  the  Cash
                      Collateral Account,  will  be  released  from  the  Cash
                      Collateral  Account and paid to or upon the order of the
                      Depositor, and will not be available to make payments on
                      the Notes or the  Equity Certificates. See  "Description
                      of the Notes -- Cash Collateral Account."
 
PRIORITY OF
 PAYMENTS...........  On  each  Payment Date,  the  Indenture Trustee  will be
                      required to make the following payments, first, from the
                      Related Collection Period  Pledged Revenues, second,  to
                      the   extent  the  Related   Collection  Period  Pledged
                      Revenues are insufficient to  pay interest on the  Notes
                      and  the Equity  Certificates on such  Payment Date, the
                      amount necessary  to cure  such insufficiency  from  the
                      Current  Collection Period  Pledged Revenues,  and third
                      (but only as  to amounts  described in  clause (ii)  and
                      certain  amounts included in clause (iii)), from amounts
                      permitted to  be  withdrawn  from  the  Cash  Collateral
                      Account  as  described under  "Cash  Collateral Account"
                      above, in the following order of priority:
 
                      (i) the Servicing Fee to the Servicer;
 
                      (ii) interest on the  Notes and the Equity  Certificates
                      in the following order of priority:
 
                      (a) interest on the Class A Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon),
 
                      (b) interest on the Class B Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon),
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      (c) interest on the Class C Notes (including any overdue
                          interest and interest thereon), and
 
                      (d)  interest on the  Equity Certificates (including any
                          overdue interest and interest thereon);
 
                      (iii) an amount equal to the Monthly Principal Amount as
                      of such  Payment Date  in respect  of principal  on  the
                        Notes  and  the  Equity Certificates  in  the priority
                        described under "Principal" above; and
 
                      (iv) the  remainder,  if  any, to  the  Cash  Collateral
                      Account,  to be  applied in  the manner  described under
                        "Cash Collateral Account" above.
 
OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF
 CONTRACTS..........  The Depositor may purchase all of the Contracts and  the
                      related Equipment on any Payment Date following the date
                      on  which the unpaid principal  balance of the Notes and
                      the Equity Certificates is equal  to 10% or less of  the
                      Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance, subject to
                      certain    provisions   as    described   herein   under
                      "Description  of  the  Notes  --  Optional  Purchase  of
                      Contracts."  The purchase price to be paid in connection
                      with such purchase shall be at least equal to the unpaid
                      principal  balance   of  the   Notes  and   the   Equity
                      Certificates as of such Payment Date plus interest to be
                      paid  on the Notes  and the Equity  Certificates on such
                      Payment Date, plus the Book Value of the Equipment.  The
                      proceeds  of  such  purchase shall  be  applied  on such
                      Payment Date  (i)  as  to such  proceeds  in  an  amount
                      necessary to pay the principal and interest on the Notes
                      and  the  Equity  Certificates, to  the  payment  of the
                      remaining principal balance on the Notes and the  Equity
                      Certificates, together with interest thereon, and (2) as
                      to  the  balance of  such  proceeds, to  the  payment of
                      amounts on the Equipment Certificate.
 
U.S. TAXATION.......  In the  opinion  of counsel  to  the Depositor  and  the
                      opinion  of counsel to the  Underwriters, the Notes will
                      be characterized  as indebtedness  and the  Owner  Trust
                      will   not  be  characterized  as  an  "association"  or
                      "publicly traded partnership"  taxable as a  corporation
                      for federal income tax purposes. Each Noteholder, by its
                      acceptance  of a Note, will agree  to treat the Notes as
                      indebtedness for  federal, state  and local  income  tax
                      purposes.  Prospective investors are  advised to consult
                      their own tax advisors regarding the federal income  tax
                      consequences  of the purchase, ownership and disposition
                      of Notes,  and the  tax consequences  arising under  the
                      laws  of  any state  or  other taxing  jurisdiction. See
                      "United States Taxation."
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>
                      In the opinion of  counsel, under United States  federal
                      income tax law in effect as of the date hereof, payments
                      of  principal  and interest  on  the Notes  to  a United
                      States Alien Holder will not be subject to United States
                      federal withholding tax (subject to the exceptions noted
                      in "United States Taxation -- Tax Consequences to United
                      States Alien Holders"). If such law were to change  and,
                      as  a result thereof, United States withholding tax were
                      imposed on such payments,  a United States Alien  Holder
                      would receive such payments net of such withholding tax,
                      and  neither the Owner Trust, the Depositor, TCC nor any
                      other party would have any obligation to "gross-up" such
                      payments to compensate for such withholding tax.
 
ERISA
 CONSIDERATIONS.....  If the Notes are  considered to be indebtedness  without
                      substantial equity features under a regulation issued by
                      the  United States Department  of Labor, the acquisition
                      or holding of Notes  by or on behalf  of a Benefit  Plan
                      will  not cause the assets of  the Owner Trust to become
                      plan   assets,   thereby   generally   preventing    the
                      application  of certain prohibited  transaction rules of
                      the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,  as
                      amended,  and  the  Internal Revenue  Code  of  1986, as
                      amended, that  otherwise could  possibly be  applicable.
                      The  Depositor believes that the Notes should be treated
                      as indebtedness without substantial equity features  for
                      purposes of such regulation. See "ERISA Considerations."
 
REGISTRATION,
 CLEARANCE AND
 SETTLEMENT OF
 NOTES..............  Each of the Notes will be registered in the name of Cede
                      &  Co., as the  nominee of The  Depository Trust Company
                      ("DTC"), and  will be  available  for purchase  only  in
                      book-entry  form on the records of DTC and participating
                      members thereof. Notes will be issued in definitive form
                      only under  the  limited circumstances  described  under
                      "Description  of  the  Notes --  Definitive  Notes." All
                      references herein  to "Holders"  or "Noteholders"  shall
                      reflect  the rights  of beneficial owners  of Notes (the
                      "Note Owners"),  as they  may indirectly  exercise  such
                      rights  through DTC  and participating  members thereof,
                      except as otherwise  specified herein. See  "Description
                      of  the Notes  -- Book-Entry  Registration." Noteholders
                      may elect to hold their Notes through DTC (in the United
                      States)  or  Cedel  Bank   or  Euroclear  (in   Europe).
                      Transfers  will be made in accordance with the rules and
                      operating procedures described in Appendix A hereto.
 
LISTING.............  Application has  been  made to  list  the Notes  on  the
                      Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
 
GOVERNING LAW.......  The   Transfer  and   Servicing  Agreement,   the  Trust
                      Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Indenture and the
                      Notes will be governed by the  laws of the State of  New
                      York.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Prospective  Noteholders should consider the following factors in connection
with the purchase of the Notes:
 
   
LIMITED LIQUIDITY; BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
    
 
   
    There is currently no  market for the Notes.  The U.S. Underwriters  expect,
but  will not be obligated, to make a market for the Notes in the United States;
and the International  Managers expect,  but will not  be obligated,  to make  a
market for the Notes outside the United States. There can be no assurance that a
secondary market for the Notes will develop or, if it does develop, that it will
provide  the Holders of such Notes with liquidity of investment or will continue
for the life  of such  Notes. Although  it is expected  that the  Notes will  be
listed  on the Luxembourg Stock  Exchange, there can be  no assurances that such
listing will increase the liquidity of the Notes.
    
 
   
    The Notes will be issued in book-entry, rather than physical, form and, as a
result, in certain circumstances,  the liquidity of the  Notes in the  secondary
market  and  the ability  of the  Noteholders  to pledge  them may  be adversely
affected. See  "Underwriting"  and  "Description  of  the  Notes  --  Book-Entry
Registration."  The Notes will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC and
will not be registered in the names of the beneficial owners or their  nominees.
As  a  result, unless  and  until Definitive  Notes  are issued  in  the limited
circumstances described under  "Description of the  Notes -- Definitive  Notes,"
beneficial   owners  will  not  be  recognized   by  the  Indenture  Trustee  as
Noteholders, as that  term is  used in the  Indenture. Hence,  until such  time,
beneficial  owners  will only  be  able to  exercise  the rights  of Noteholders
indirectly through DTC  and its  participating organizations.  In addition,  the
laws  of some states require that certain purchasers of securities take physical
delivery of such securities in certificated form. Such limits and such laws  may
impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in the Notes.
    
 
SUBORDINATION; LIMITED ASSETS
 
   
    To   the  extent  described  herein  under  "Description  of  the  Notes  --
Distributions" and "-- Subordination," (i) payments of interest and principal on
the Class B Notes will  be subordinated in priority  of payment to interest  and
principal,  respectively, on  the Class A  Notes, (ii) payments  of interest and
principal on the Class C  Notes will be subordinated  in priority of payment  to
interest and principal, respectively, on the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes
and  (iii) payments of interest and principal on the Equity Certificates will be
subordinated in priority of payment to interest and principal, respectively,  on
the  Class  A Notes,  the Class  B Notes  and  the Class  C Notes.  In addition,
payments of principal on the Notes  will be subordinated in priority of  payment
to  payments of interest  on the Notes  and the Equity  Certificates. The Equity
Certificates initially  will represent  the  right to  receive principal  in  an
amount equal to 4% of the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance, but such
amount  will be  reduced as a  result of  principal payments made  on the Equity
Certificates (see "Description of  the Notes --  Principal"), which will  reduce
the benefit to the Notes of the subordination of the Equity Certificates.
    
 
   
    The  Notes are secured by the payments  to be derived from the Contracts but
not any payments constituting proceeds from the disposition of Equipment (except
in the case of a Liquidated Contract), which amounts will be paid solely to  the
holder  of  the  Equipment  Certificate. Moreover,  from  and  after  the Merger
Consummation Date, the Owner Trust will have no assets other than the Contracts,
the Equipment, amounts on  deposit from time to  time in the Collection  Account
and  the accounts established  pursuant to the  Transfer and Servicing Agreement
and the right to certain amounts in the Cash Collateral Account. The Notes  will
represent  obligations solely of the Owner Trust,  and none of the Notes will be
insured or  guaranteed,  directly or  indirectly,  by TCC,  the  Depositor,  the
Indenture  Trustee or the Owner Trustee (or any affiliate of any of them) or any
other person or entity. Consequently, Holders of the Notes must rely for payment
of interest  and  principal  thereon on  a  given  Payment Date  on  the  Amount
Available for such Payment Date.
    
 
   
    Delinquencies  and defaults on the  Contracts could eliminate the protection
afforded the  Class  C  Noteholders  by the  Cash  Collateral  Account  and  the
subordination  of the  Equity Certificates,  and the  Class C  Noteholders could
incur losses  on  their  investment  as  a  result.  Further  delinquencies  and
    
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
   
defaults  on the Contracts could eliminate the protection offered to the Class B
Noteholders by the subordination of the  Class C Notes, and could eliminate  the
protection  afforded the Class A Noteholders by the subordination of the Class B
Notes, and such  Noteholders could also  incur losses on  their investment as  a
result.
    
 
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
 
   
    The  weighted average life of  the Notes will be  reduced by prepayments and
early terminations of  the Contracts.  Prepayments may result  from payments  by
Obligors,  certain amounts received as a  result of default or early termination
of a Contract, the receipt of proceeds from the physical damage to the Equipment
to the  extent described  herein  under "The  Contracts,"  purchases by  TCC  of
Contracts  and the related Equipment as a  result of certain uncured breaches of
the representations and  warranties made by  it with respect  thereto (see  "The
Contracts  --  Representations and  Warranties Made  by  TCC") or  the Depositor
exercising its option  to purchase all  of the remaining  Contracts and  related
Equipment  (see "Description of  the Notes --  Optional Purchase of Contracts").
Generally, none of the Lease Contracts permit a prepayment or early  termination
thereof.  Nevertheless,  TCC  historically has  permitted  lessees  to terminate
leases early,  either  in  connection with  the  execution  of a  new  lease  of
replacement  equipment or  upon payment of  a negotiated  prepayment premium, or
both. The Transfer and Servicing Agreement  will permit the Servicer to allow  a
voluntary  prepayment of a Lease  Contract by an Obligor at  any time so long as
the amount paid thereon is at least equal to the Required Payoff Amount for such
Lease Contract. Approximately   % of the Contracts (by Preliminary  Cut-Off-Date
Contract  Pool Principal Balance) were Loan  Contracts, which permit the Obligor
to prepay  the Contract,  in whole  or  in part,  at any  time. The  amounts  so
received  in respect of such prepayments are to be added to the Amount Available
and  applied  in  the  priority  described  in  "Description  of  the  Notes  --
Distributions."  TCC  does not  maintain  records of  the  historical prepayment
experience of  its portfolio.  No  assurance can  be given  as  to the  rate  of
prepayments  or as to whether there will be a substantial amount of prepayments,
nor can any assurance be given as to the level or timing of any prepayments that
do occur. As the rate  of payment of principal of  the Notes will depend on  the
rate  of payment  (including prepayments) on  the Contracts, final  payment of a
Class of Notes could occur significantly  earlier than the Stated Maturity  Date
of  such Class. The  Noteholders will bear all  reinvestment risk resulting from
the timing of payments of principal on the Notes.
    
 
   
    If the Merger is not consummated (see  "The Merger") by September   ,  1996,
all  of the  Notes will be  redeemed on the  Special Redemption Date  at a price
equal to the  Special Redemption  Price. While the  Depositor has  no reason  to
believe   that  the  regulatory  approvals  which  are  a  precondition  to  the
consummation of the Merger  will not be  obtained on or  prior to its  scheduled
date  (September  17, 1996)  or that  any of  the other  conditions will  not be
satisfied, there  can  be  no  assurances  that  the  Merger  will  in  fact  be
consummated by September   , 1996.
    
 
   
BANKRUPTCY AND INSOLVENCY RISKS
    
 
   
    The  Depositor believes that the transfer of the Contracts and the Equipment
from the Originators to the Depositor constitutes a sale or absolute assignment,
rather than a pledge to secure indebtedness of TCC or the Originators; and  that
in  the event  that TCC  or any of  the Originators  were to  become bankrupt or
otherwise insolvent, a  trustee in  bankruptcy would be  unable to  successfully
challenge  the transfer of the  Contracts and the Equipment  to the Depositor or
the Owner  Trust or  otherwise to  interfere  with the  timely transfer  to  the
Depositor,  the Owner Trust  or the Indenture Trustee  of payments received with
respect to the  Contracts. However, if  TCC or  any of the  Originators were  to
become  a debtor under  the federal bankruptcy code  or similar applicable state
laws (collectively, "Insolvency Laws"), a  creditor or trustee in bankruptcy  of
TCC  or  such  Originator,  or TCC  or  such  Originator or  either  of  them as
debtor-in-possession, might argue that  such transfer of  the Contracts and  the
Equipment   from  the   Originators  to   the  Depositor   was  (or   should  be
recharacterized as) a pledge of such assets rather than a sale. If this position
were accepted by  a court, any  Lease Contracts considered  to be "true"  leases
under  the applicable Insolvency  Laws, and any other  Contract considered to be
executory under  such Insolvency  Laws, could  be rejected  by such  trustee  in
bankruptcy  or by  TCC or such  Originator as  debtor-in-possession, which would
result in the  termination of Scheduled  Payments under any  such Contracts  and
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
   
reductions  in distributions to Noteholders. Even  if such Contracts were not so
rejected, the Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee could experience a delay  in
or  reduction of collections on all of  the Contracts. In addition, in the event
of an insolvency of  an originator other  than one of  the Originators, a  court
could  attempt to recharacterize  the sale of the  Contracts by such third-party
originator to  the applicable  Originator as  a borrowing  from the  Originator,
secured by a pledge of such Contracts and the rights in the Equipment.
    
 
   
    A  case decided by the United States  Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit
contains  language  to  the  effect  that  accounts  sold  by  an  entity   that
subsequently  became  bankrupt  remained  property  of  the  debtor's bankruptcy
estate. Although the Contracts constitute  chattel paper or general  intangibles
rather  than accounts  under the Uniform  Commercial Code (the  "UCC"), sales of
chattel paper, like sales of accounts, are governed by Article 9 of the UCC.  If
TCC  or any of the Originators were to  become a debtor under any Insolvency Law
and a court were to follow the  reasoning of the Tenth Circuit Court of  Appeals
and  apply  such reasoning  to  chattel paper,  the  Owner Trust  (and  thus the
Indenture Trustee) could experience  a delay in or  reduction of collections  on
the Contracts.
    
 
   
    If any of the Originators or TCC were to become debtors in a bankruptcy case
and  a  creditor  or  trustee-in-bankruptcy  or TCC  itself  were  to  request a
bankruptcy court to order that the Depositor be substantively consolidated  with
TCC,  delays in  and reductions  in the  amount of  distributions to Noteholders
could  occur.  However,  the  Depositor  has  taken  steps  in  structuring  the
transactions  described herein  that are  intended to  prevent the  voluntary or
involuntary application  for  relief  by  TCC  under  any  Insolvency  Law  from
resulting  in the consolidation  of the assets and  liabilities of the Depositor
with those of  TCC. Such  steps include the  maintenance of  separate books  and
records and the insistence on arm's-length terms in all agreements with TCC, the
Originators  and  affiliates thereof.  Nevertheless, there  can be  no assurance
that, in the event  of a bankruptcy  or insolvency of TCC  or any Originator,  a
court  would  not  order  that  the  Depositor's  or  Owner  Trust's  assets and
liabilities be consolidated with those of TCC or such Originator. Any such order
would adversely affect  the Owner  Trust's and Noteholders'  ability to  receive
payments on the Contracts.
    
 
   
    Under  federal or state fraudulent transfer laws, a court could, among other
things, subordinate the rights of the Noteholders in the Contracts and Equipment
to the rights of creditors of TCC or  the Originators, if a court were to  find,
among  other things, that  TCC or the Originators  received less than reasonably
equivalent value or fair consideration for the Contracts and the Equipment  and,
at the time of any transfers, was insolvent.
    
 
   
    While  TCC is  the Servicer,  cash collections held  by TCC  may, subject to
certain conditions, be commingled and used for  the benefit of TCC prior to  the
date  on which  such collections  are required to  be deposited  in a Collection
Account as described under "Description of the Transfer and Servicing  Agreement
- -- Collections on Contracts" and, in the event of the insolvency or receivership
of  TCC or,  in certain  circumstances, the lapse  of certain  time periods, the
Owner Trust may  not have  a perfected ownership  or security  interest in  such
collections.
    
 
   
    The  Depositor has  taken certain steps  to minimize the  likelihood that it
will become bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. The Depositor is prohibited by  its
organizational  documents and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement from engaging
in activities (including the  incurrence or guaranty of  debt) other than  those
set  forth in the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement. See  "The Depositor and the
Owner Trust -- The  Depositor." Its certificate  of incorporation also  contains
restrictions  on  the  Depositor's  ability  to  commence  a  voluntary  case or
proceeding under any  Insolvency Law  without the  affirmative vote  of all  its
directors, including its independent directors. The Indenture Trustee, on behalf
of  the Noteholders,  will covenant not  to subject the  Depositor to bankruptcy
proceedings until the Notes have been paid in full and one year and one day  has
elapsed.  The Depositor  believes that  such actions  substantially mitigate the
risk of an involuntary bankruptcy petition being filed against it.
    
 
   
    TCC  will  make  certain   representations  and  warranties  regarding   the
Contracts,  the  Equipment  and certain  other  matters (see  "The  Contracts --
Representations and  Warranties  Made by  TCC").  In  the event  that  any  such
representation  or warranty with  regard to a specific  Contract is breached, is
not
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
   
cured within a  specified period  of time,  and the  value of  such Contract  is
materially  and  adversely affected  by such  breach, TCC  shall be  required to
purchase the Contract  and the related  Equipment at  a price equal  to (i)  the
Required  Payoff  Amount of  such Contract,  plus  (ii) the  Book Value  of such
Equipment. In the  event of  a bankruptcy or  insolvency of  TCC, the  Indenture
Trustee's  right to  compel a  purchase would  both be  impaired and  have to be
satisfied out of the available assets, if any, of TCC's bankruptcy estate.
    
 
    From and after the Merger Consummation Date, substantially all of the equity
capital of TCC  will be owned  by HoldCo.,  and the capitalization  of TCC  will
differ from the capitalization of TCC prior to the Merger. See "The Merger."
 
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS
 
   
    The transfer of the Contracts by the Originators to the Depositor and by the
Depositor  to the Owner Trust, the perfection of the interest of the Owner Trust
in the  Contracts and  the right  to  receive payments  thereon, and  the  Owner
Trust's  and  the Indenture  Trustee's  interest in  such  Contracts and  in the
Equipment are subject to the  requirements of the UCC as  in effect in New  York
and  the states where the  various Originators are located  and, with respect to
certain of the Equipment, in the  various states in which the Equipment  subject
to the applicable Contract is located from time to time. The Depositor will take
or cause to be taken such actions as are required to perfect the transfer to the
Owner  Trust of the Depositor's rights in the Contracts and the right to receive
payments thereunder  and  to perfect  the  security interest  of  the  Indenture
Trustee  in the Owner Trust's  rights in the Contracts  and the right to receive
payments thereunder.
    
 
   
    It has been the general  policy of TCC, depending  on the dollar amount  and
type  of the particular Contract, the perceived credit quality of the particular
Obligor  and  the  estimated  repossession  value  of  the  particular   related
Equipment, not to file or (in certain cases) not to obtain or file UCC financing
statements with respect to the Equipment relating to certain Contracts. See "The
Originators  -- Underwriting and Servicing."  It is estimated that approximately
  % of  the  Contracts  (by Preliminary  Cut-Off-Date  Contract  Pool  Principal
Balance)  relate to Equipment  as to which  no UCC financing  statement has been
filed. With respect to any such Contracts that were deemed to be loans or leases
intended for security, a  purchaser from the applicable  Obligor of the  related
Equipment  would acquire such  Equipment free and  clear of the  interest of the
applicable Originator in such Equipment, and a creditor of the Obligor which has
taken a security interest in such Equipment and filed a UCC financing  statement
with  respect thereto or a trustee in  the bankruptcy of such Obligor would have
priority over the interest of the  applicable Originator in such Equipment.  Any
such  purchaser,  creditor or  trustee would  have an  interest superior  to the
interest of the Owner  Trust in such Equipment,  which interest is derived  from
the  transfer and  conveyance of  a security  interest in  the Equipment  by the
Depositor to the  Owner Trust. All  of the Contracts  prohibit the Obligor  from
selling or pledging the related Equipment to third parties.
    
 
   
    Due  to the  administrative burden  and expense,  no assignments  of the UCC
financing statements evidencing the security interest of the Originators in  the
Equipment  (to the extent that such financing statements have been filed against
the Obligor, as discussed above) will  be filed to reflect the Depositor's,  the
Owner  Trust's or  the Indenture Trustee's  interests therein.  While failure to
file such  assignments  does  not  affect the  Owner  Trust's  interest  in  the
Contracts  or perfection of  the Indenture Trustee's  interest in such Contracts
(including the related Originator's security interest in the related Equipment),
it does expose  the Owner  Trust (and  thus Noteholders)  to the  risk that  the
Originator  could release its ownership or security interest in the Equipment of
record, and it could complicate the  Owner Trust's enforcement, as assignee,  of
the  Originator's security interest  in the Equipment. In  addition, also due to
the administrative burden and expense, no UCC financing statement reflecting the
security interest of  the Owner Trust  or the Indenture  Trustee in the  related
Equipment  will  be  filed  in  the  jurisdictions  (other  than  the  States of
Massachusetts, New Jersey  and Oregon) where  the Equipment is  located. In  the
absence  of such filings, the Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee may not have
a perfected security interest in such Equipment. As a result, if the  Originator
were  to sell or  grant a security interest  in any Equipment  to a third party,
such third party might acquire such Equipment free and clear of the interest  of
the Indenture Trustee in such
    
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
   
Equipment  and a  subsequent secured party  or other lienholder  might obtain an
interest in the Equipment superior to that of the Indenture Trustee. While these
risks should  not affect  the perfection  or  priority of  the interest  of  the
Indenture  Trustee in  the Contracts or  rights to payment  thereunder, they may
adversely affect  the right  of the  Indenture Trustee  to receive  proceeds  of
disposition  of the Equipment subject to a  Liquidated Contract, which are to be
allocated to the payment of the Notes and the Equity Certificates, as  described
under  "Description of the Notes  -- Contract Defaults." Additionally, statutory
liens for repairs or unpaid  taxes and other liens  arising by operation of  law
may  have priority even over  prior perfected security interests  in the name of
the Indenture Trustee in the Equipment.
    
 
   
    The Servicer will hold the Contracts and certain related documents on behalf
of the  Owner Trust  and Indenture  Trustee. To  facilitate servicing  and  save
administrative costs, the documents will not be physically segregated from other
similar   documents  that  are  in  the  Servicer's  possession.  UCC  financing
statements will be filed  in the appropriate  jurisdictions reflecting the  sale
and  assignment of  the Contracts  by the Originators  to the  Depositor, by the
transfer and assignment by the  Depositor to the Owner  Trust and the pledge  by
the  Owner Trust to the Indenture Trustee, and the Servicer's accounting records
and computer  systems will  also  reflect such  sale, assignment,  transfer  and
pledge.  The  Contracts will  not, however,  be stamped  or otherwise  marked to
reflect that  such Contracts  and Equipment  have been  sold to  the  Depositor,
transferred  to the Owner Trust or pledged to the Indenture Trustee. If, through
inadvertence or otherwise, any of the Contracts were sold to another party (or a
security interest therein were granted to another party) that purchased (or took
a security interest in) any of such Contracts in the ordinary course of business
and took possession of  such Contracts, the purchaser  (or secured party)  would
acquire an interest in the Contracts superior to the interest of the Owner Trust
and  Indenture Trustee if the  purchaser (or secured party)  acquired (or took a
security interest in) the Contracts for  new value and without actual  knowledge
of the Owner Trust's or Indenture Trustee's interest.
    
 
NO GROSS-UP FOR WITHHOLDING TAX
 
    In  the opinion of  counsel, under current United  States federal income tax
law in effect as of the date  hereof, payments of principal and interest on  the
Notes  to a  United States  Alien Holder  will not  be subject  to United States
federal withholding  tax (subject  to  the exceptions  noted in  "United  States
Taxation  -- Tax Consequences to United States Alien Holders"). If such law were
to change and, as a result thereof, United States withholding tax was imposed on
such payments, a United States Alien  Holder would receive such payments net  of
such  withholding tax; and neither  the Owner Trust, the  Depositor, TCC nor any
other party has any  obligation to gross  up such payments  to account for  such
withholding tax.
 
                                   THE MERGER
 
    On  June 5, 1996,  Antigua Acquisition Corporation,  a newly formed Delaware
corporation ("MergerCo."), executed an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger
Agreement") with Hercules  Limited, a  newly formed  Cayman Islands  corporation
("HoldCo."),  TCC and  AT&T Corp. ("AT&T"),  which provides for  the merger (the
"Merger") of MergerCo. with and into TCC and pursuant to which each  outstanding
share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Common Stock"), of TCC (other
than  shares owned by TCC, HoldCo.,  MergerCo., or their respective wholly owned
subsidiaries or by any stockholders  properly exercising their appraisal  rights
under  Delaware law  ("Excluded Shares"))  will be  converted into  the right to
receive  $45  in  cash  per   share,  without  interest  thereon  (the   "Merger
Consideration").  In addition,  pursuant to the  terms of  the Merger Agreement,
each outstanding option on  shares of Common Stock  (the "Options"), other  than
those  management options (the "Management Options")  held by certain members of
management of TCC  (the "Management Offerees")  which may be  exchanged for  new
options  to purchase common stock of the surviving corporation, will be canceled
upon consummation of the Merger in exchange  for cash in an amount equal to  the
excess of the Merger Consideration over the Option exercise price per share. The
Merger is subject to certain regulatory approvals and other conditions precedent
(set  out below). Upon  consummation of the Merger,  the current stockholders of
TCC will cease to  be stockholders of TCC,  except that the Management  Offerees
will  be offered the opportunity  to maintain all or  a portion of their current
equity investment in TCC and may be granted new options for common stock of  the
surviving corporation. All of the outstanding equity
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
capital of MergerCo. will, save for the Management Offerees, be owned by HoldCo.
All  of  the  outstanding equity  capital  of HoldCo.  is  owned by  a  group of
companies led by GRS  Holding Company Limited. The  Depositor is a wholly  owned
subsidiary  of MergerCo. and will, upon consummation  of the Merger, be a wholly
owned subsidiary  of  TCC  (see  "The  Depositor and  the  Owner  Trust  --  The
Depositor").
 
   
    Under   the  Merger  Agreement,  the   respective  obligations  of  HoldCo.,
MergerCo., AT&T and TCC to consummate the Merger are subject to the  fulfillment
or  waiver,  where  permissible, of  the  following  conditions at  or  prior to
September 17, 1996:  (i) the  expiration or  termination of  the waiting  period
applicable  to the Merger under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act
of 1976, as amended; (ii) the  receipt of all required consents,  registrations,
approvals,  permits and  authorizations in full  force and effect;  and (iii) no
court or  governmental  entity of  competent  jurisdiction shall  have  enacted,
issued,   promulgated,  enforced  or  entered  any  statute,  rule,  regulation,
judgment, decree, injunction  or other order  that is in  effect and  restrains,
enjoins or otherwise prohibits consummation of the Merger Agreement.
    
 
   
    The  obligation of HoldCo.  to consummate the  Merger is further conditioned
on: (i) the truth and accuracy  in all material respects of the  representations
and  warranties  made  by  TCC  and  AT&T  in  the  Merger  Agreement;  (ii) the
performance in all material  respects of all obligations  of TCC and AT&T  under
the  Merger  Agreement; (iii)  the receipt  by TCC  and AT&T  of the  consent or
approval of each person whose consent or approval is required, except for  those
for  which the  failure to  obtain such  consent or  approval is  not reasonably
likely to have a material adverse effect on TCC; (iv) the receipt by HoldCo.  of
the  resignations of each director  of TCC; and (v)  AT&T and TCC having entered
into a transitional services agreement.
    
 
   
    The obligations  of  TCC and  AT&T  to  consummate the  Merger  are  further
conditioned  on: (i)  the truth  and accuracy  in all  material respects  of the
representations  and  warranties  made  by  HoldCo.  and  MergerCo.;  (ii)   the
performance  in  all  material  respects  of  all  obligations  of  HoldCo.  and
MergerCo.; and (iii) the receipt by HoldCo.  of the consent or approval of  each
person  whose consent  or approval  is required,  except for  those consents for
which the failure to obtain such consent or approval is not reasonably likely to
have a  material  adverse effect  on  the ability  of  HoldCo. or  MergerCo.  to
consummate  the Merger.  HoldCo. has  received an  unconditional and irrevocable
undertaking from Nomura International plc to underwrite an international capital
markets issue on behalf of HoldCo.  to satisfy its obligations under the  Merger
Agreement.
    
 
   
    The  consummation of  the Merger  is currently  scheduled for  September 17,
1996. It is currently anticipated that all regulatory approvals will be obtained
on or around September 17, 1996. If  the Merger is not consummated by  September
  ,  1996,  all  of  the Notes  will  be  redeemed and  prepaid  on  the Special
Redemption Date  as  described  under  "Description  of  the  Notes  --  Special
Redemption."
    
 
                       THE DEPOSITOR AND THE OWNER TRUST
 
THE DEPOSITOR
 
    Antigua  Funding Corporation is incorporated under  the laws of the State of
Delaware. Prior to the  Merger Consummation Date, all  of the equity capital  of
the  Depositor will be owned  by MergerCo. All of  the initial equity capital of
MergerCo. will be owned by HoldCo. See "The Merger." On the Merger  Consummation
Date,  MergerCo. and  TCC will merge,  the corporate entity  resulting from, and
surviving, such merger  will be TCC,  and the  Depositor will then  be a  wholly
owned  subsidiary of TCC. On the Merger  Consummation Date, all of the Contracts
and  the  interests  of  the  Originators  in  the  related  Equipment  will  be
transferred  by the Originators to the  Depositor in consideration for which the
Depositor shall  pay to  the  Originators the  net  proceeds received  from  the
offering and sale of the Notes and the Equity Certificates.
 
   
    On  the Merger Consummation Date, the  Depositor will transfer and convey to
the Owner  Trust  all of  the  Contracts and  the  Depositor's interest  in  the
Equipment  related thereto in consideration  for (i) all amounts  at the time on
deposit in the Escrow Account  (including any investment earnings thereon),  and
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
   
(ii)  the proceeds derived by  the Depositor from the  disposition of the Equity
Certificates. All of the Notes  will be sold to  third parties pursuant to  this
Prospectus, the Equity Certificates will be issued to the Depositor and disposed
of by it in a separate transaction, and the Equipment Certificate will be issued
to  and retained by  the Depositor. On  the Closing Date,  the Depositor and the
Owner Trustee will  execute and deliver  the Trust Agreement  (with effect  from
such  date), and  the Owner  Trust and  the Indenture  Trustee will  execute and
deliver  the  Indenture  (with  effect  from  such  date),  and  on  the  Merger
Consummation  Date, the Depositor and the Servicer shall execute and deliver the
Transfer and  Servicing Agreement  (with  effect from  such  date). If  for  any
reason,  the Merger Consummation  Date has not  occurred by September    , 1996,
then the Notes shall be redeemed at the Special Redemption Price on the  Special
Redemption Date.
    
 
   
    The  Depositor has been  formed solely for the  purposes of the transactions
described in  this Prospectus;  and under  its incorporation  documents and  the
Transfer  and Servicing Agreement,  the Depositor is not  permitted to engage in
any activity  other  than (i)  acquiring  the  Contracts and  interests  of  the
Originators  in the Equipment  related thereto, (ii)  transferring and conveying
such Contracts  and  interests  in  the Equipment  to  the  Owner  Trust,  (iii)
executing  and performing its  obligations under the  Purchase Agreement and the
Transfer and  Servicing  Agreement,  (iv) holding  or  transferring  the  Equity
Certificates   and  the  Equipment  Certificate,   and  (v)  engaging  in  other
transactions, including entering into  agreements, that are necessary,  suitable
or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected
therewith.  The Depositor  is prohibited  from incurring  any debt,  issuing any
obligations  or  incurring  any  liabilities,  except  in  connection  with  the
formation of the Owner Trust and the issuance of the Notes. The Depositor is not
liable,  responsible or  obligated, directly or  indirectly, for  payment of any
principal, interest or any other amount in respect of any of the Notes.
    
 
THE OWNER TRUST
 
   
    The Owner Trust will  be created pursuant to  the Trust Agreement. Prior  to
the  Closing Date, the Owner Trust will have no assets, property or obligations.
From the Closing Date to the Merger  Consummation Date, the assets of the  Owner
Trust  (the "Trust Assets")  will consist solely  of the proceeds  of the Notes,
plus additional cash, which will be deposited and held (and invested in  certain
Eligible  Investments at the  direction of the Depositor)  in the Escrow Account
maintained by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture until (i)  applied
by  the Indenture Trustee  to the special  redemption of the  Notes as described
under "Description of  the Notes --  Special Redemption of  the Notes," or  (ii)
paid  over to the Depositor and used  to acquire the Contracts, the Originators'
interest in the Equipment and the other property described below.
    
 
   
    From and after the Merger Consummation  Date, the Trust Assets will  consist
of  (i)  a  pool  of  equipment  lease  contracts  (the  "Lease  Contracts") and
installment sale contracts, promissory notes,  loan and security agreements  and
other  similar types of receivables (the "Loan Contracts" and, together with the
Lease Contracts,  the  "Contracts"),  with various  lessees  or  other  obligors
thereunder  (each, an "Obligor"),  including the right  to receive all Scheduled
Payments received  thereon  from  and  after the  Cut-Off  Date  (including  all
payments  due prior to, but not received  as of, the Cut-Off Date, but excluding
any payments due on or after, but received prior to, the Cut-Off Date), (ii) the
interest of the Depositor  in the equipment subject  to each such Contract  (the
"Equipment"),  which  interest is  either an  ownership  interest or  a security
interest, (iii) amounts on  deposit in (and  Eligible Investments allocated  to)
certain  accounts established  pursuant to  the Indenture  and the  Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, including  the Collection Account,  and (iv) certain  other
property and assets as herein described.
    
 
    The  Owner Trust  will not  engage in any  business activity  other than (i)
issuing the Notes and the Certificates, (ii) holding and dealing with (including
disposing of) the Owner Trust Assets, (iii) making payments on the Notes and the
Certificates, (iv) entering into and performing the duties, responsibilities and
functions required under  the Transfer and  Servicing Agreement, the  Indenture,
the Contracts, and related documents, and (v) matters related to the foregoing.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION OF THE OWNER TRUST
 
    The  following table illustrates the capitalization of the Owner Trust as of
the Cut-Off  Date, as  if the  issuance and  sale of  the Notes  and the  Equity
Certificates offered hereby had taken place on such date:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Class A Receivable-Backed Notes.................................  $
Class B Receivable-Backed Notes.................................  $
Class C Receivable-Backed Notes.................................  $
Equity Certificates.............................................  $
                                                                  ---------
    Total.......................................................  $
</TABLE>
    
 
THE OWNER TRUSTEE
 
                       will  be the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement. The
Owner Trustee is a                banking corporation and its principal  offices
are located at          ,          ,          . The Owner Trustee's liability in
connection  with the issuance and sale of  the Notes and the Equity Certificates
is limited solely to the express obligations  of the Owner Trustee set forth  in
the Trust Agreement and the Indenture.
 
   
    The  Owner Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Depositor will
be obligated to appoint a successor Owner Trustee. The Depositor may also remove
the Owner Trustee if the Owner Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such
under the  Trust  Agreement or  if  the  Owner Trustee  becomes  insolvent.  Any
resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a successor Owner
Trustee  will  not become  effective until  acceptance of  the appointment  of a
successor Owner Trustee.
    
 
                            AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
    AT&T Capital Corporation  ("TCC") is a  full-service, diversified  equipment
leasing  and finance company that operates  principally in the United States and
also has operations in Europe, Canada, the Asia/Pacific region, Mexico and South
America. TCC is one  of the largest equipment  leasing and finance companies  in
the United States, based on the aggregate value of equipment leased or financed,
and is the largest lessor of telecommunications equipment in the United States.
 
    TCC, through its various subsidiaries, leases and finances a wide variety of
equipment,  including  general  office,  manufacturing  and  medical  equipment,
telecommunications  equipment  (such  as  private  branch  exchanges,  telephone
systems  and voice processing units),  information technology equipment (such as
personal computers, retail point of sale systems and automatic teller  machines)
and  transportation equipment  (primarily vehicles).  In addition,  TCC provides
inventory financing for equipment  dealers, franchise financing for  franchisees
and  financing  collateralized  by  real  estate.  TCC's  leasing  and financing
services are marketed to (i) customers of equipment manufacturers,  distributors
and  dealers with which TCC has  a marketing relationship for financing services
and (ii)  directly  to  end-users  of  equipment.  TCC's  approximately  500,000
customers  include large  global companies,  small and  mid-sized businesses and
federal, state and local governments and their agencies.
 
    During its 10 year history, TCC  has achieved significant growth in  assets,
finance  volume (aggregate dollar amount of equipment and other items financed),
revenues and  net  income.  At  December  31,  1995,  TCC's  total  assets  were
approximately  $9.5  billion,  an increase  of  18.9% over  the  prior year-end;
finance volume for 1995 was $4.6 billion,  an increase of 7.4% over 1994;  total
revenues  for 1995 were  $1.6 billion, an  increase of 13.9%  over 1994; and net
income of $127.6  million for 1995  was 27.1%  greater than the  net income  for
1994.  Total assets at the end of  the second quarter of 1996 were approximately
$      billion representing a    % increase over total assets at the end of  the
second quarter of 1995, and net income of $31.0 million for the first six months
of  1996  represented  an  increase  of  47.7%  over  the  net  income  for  the
corresponding period in 1995.
 
    TCC's predecessor was founded in 1985  by AT&T as a captive finance  company
to  assist  its  equipment  marketing  and  sales  efforts  by  providing AT&T's
customers with sophisticated financing. In 1993,  AT&T sold 14% of TCC's  common
stock    in   an   initial    public   offering.   TCC's    common   stock   has
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
traded on  the New  York Stock  Exchange under  the symbol  "TCC." While  it  is
anticipated  that TCC's common  stock will be delisted  upon the consummation of
the Merger (see "The Merger"),  TCC will, from time  to time, continue to  issue
securities in the public market and, accordingly, will continue to be subject to
the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith,
will file reports and other information with the Commission.
 
    On  September 20, 1995,  AT&T announced plans to  separate itself into three
publicly traded companies  (AT&T, Lucent  Technologies Inc.  ("Lucent") and  NCR
Corporation  ("NCR")) and  to sell  its remaining  equity interest  in TCC  in a
public or private sale. See "The Merger."
 
   
    TCC has an experienced management team; its six executive officers have been
in management positions with TCC for an  average of 10 years and, on a  combined
basis,  have more than 100 years experience in the equipment leasing and finance
industry. At June  30, 1996, TCC  and its subsidiaries  had approximately  2,850
members  (employees). The principal  executive offices of TCC  are located at 44
Whippany Road, Morristown, New Jersey 07962.
    
 
   
    The Contracts comprising the Trust Assets  have been originated or, in  some
cases,  purchased from third  parties by four wholly  owned subsidiaries of TCC:
AT&T  Capital  Leasing   Services,  Inc.  ("Leasing   Services"),  AT&T   Credit
Corporation  ("Credit Corp."), NCR Credit Corp.  ("NCR Credit") and the Portland
division of AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation (such division is referred to as
"CFC") (collectively, the "Originators").
    
 
                                THE ORIGINATORS
 
AT&T CAPITAL LEASING SERVICES, INC.
 
   
    Leasing Services provides leasing  and financing programs for  manufacturers
and distributors as well as leasing and financing to existing customers. Leasing
Services  (formerly  known as  Eaton Financial  Corporation)  was acquired  by a
predecessor of Credit Corp. in March 1989, and became a wholly owned  subsidiary
of  a predecessor of TCC in connection  with TCC's reorganization in March 1990.
It thereafter became a wholly owned  subsidiary of TCC in connection with  TCC's
restructuring in March 1993.
    
 
   
    Leasing Services is headquartered in Framingham, Massachusetts and employed,
as  of June 30, 1996, approximately 425 people in a network of four full service
offices throughout the  United States and  a support office  in Framingham.  Its
portfolio includes office automation and general-purpose business equipment such
as  copiers  and  computers,  as well  as  industry-specific  equipment  such as
printing, machine  tools and  medical/dental equipment.  At June  30, 1996,  the
Leasing  Services  portfolio (which  includes  both contracts  owned  by Leasing
Services and  contracts serviced  on  behalf of  others)  was comprised  of  the
following   equipment  types:  computers      %,  copiers      %,  machine  tool
manufacturing equipment    %, medical/dental equipment    %, printing  equipment
  %, automobile test/repair equipment   % and other   %.
    
 
   
    At  June 30, 1996,    % of Leasing  Services' portfolio consisted of leases.
Approximately    % of  such leases include  fair market  value purchase  options
exercisable  by the applicable  lessee upon expiration  of the applicable lease.
The balance of the  leases contain fixed price  or nominal purchase options.  At
June 30, 1996,    % of Leasing Services' portfolio consisted of loans, which are
prepayable,  in whole or  in part, at any  time, and under  which the obligor is
responsible for all maintenance, insurance and taxes.
    
 
   
    Leasing Services' total portfolio, consisting of over        customers as of
June 30,  1996, is  comprised mainly  of small  and medium-sized  companies.  In
addition  to a large customer base, the  portfolio is broadly diversified; as of
June 30, 1996, the ten  largest customers comprised only     % of the  aggregate
portfolio. As of June 30, 1996, the average exposure per customer for the entire
portfolio was approximately $      . In terms of geographical distribution, five
states  (California    %,  Florida   %, New  York   %, Texas    % and New Jersey
  %) accounted for approximately   %  of outstanding receivables as of June  30,
1996.
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
   
    Leasing Services' credit and collections operations are decentralized within
its  network  of  four full-service  offices  located in  the  Atlanta, Georgia;
Dallas, Texas; San Francisco, California; and Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan
areas. As of  June 30, 1996,  Leasing Services had      members responsible  for
credit and contract approval and collections activities.
    
 
AT&T CREDIT CORPORATION AND NCR CREDIT CORP.
 
    Credit  Corp.  supports  the sales  of  AT&T,  Lucent and  NCR  equipment by
providing leasing and financing options to customers who have selected equipment
manufactured or  supplied  by  these vendors.  Credit  Corp.'s  predecessor  was
established as a captive finance company of AT&T in 1985. The predecessor of NCR
Credit, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Credit Corp., was established as a
captive  finance  company of  NCR  in 1980.  In  1992, when  AT&T  acquired NCR,
ownership of NCR Credit was  transferred to TCC. At  that time Credit Corp.  and
NCR Credit operated as separate business units of TCC. In 1995, TCC consolidated
the  operations  of  NCR  Credit  and Credit  Corp.;  relocated  the  credit and
collections operations  supporting  NCR  Credit from  Dayton,  Ohio,  to  Credit
Corp.'s  executive offices in Parsippany, New Jersey; ceased using NCR Credit to
originate new financings; and began using Credit Corp. to originate business  in
that  market segment. As  of June 30, 1996,  Credit Corp. employed approximately
   members.
 
   
    Substantially all  of  Credit  Corp.'s transactions  are  generated  through
Lucent  and NCR,  which currently  are subsidiaries  of AT&T.  See "AT&T Capital
Corporation". Lucent manufactures and distributes telecommunications and related
equipment,  and  NCR   manufactures  and   distributes  information   technology
(including  retail point-of sale systems, automated teller machines ("ATMs") and
computers). At June  30, 1996, the  combined portfolio of  Credit Corp. and  NCR
Credit  was  comprised  of  the  following  equipment  types: telecommunications
equipment    %, computer equipment    %, retail point-of-sale systems    %, ATMs
   %, and other    %.
    
 
   
    At June 30,  1996,    %  of Credit  Corp.'s portfolio  consisted of  leases.
Approximately    % of such leases  include fair market value purchase options in
favor of the  applicable lessee  upon expiration  of the  applicable lease.  The
balance  of the leases contain fixed price  or nominal purchase options. At June
30, 1996,     %  of  Credit Corp.'s  portfolio  consisted of  loans,  which  are
prepayable,  in whole or  in part, at any  time, and under  which the obligor is
responsible for all maintenance, insurance and taxes.
    
 
   
    Transactions generated from the sales  of Lucent equipment historically  are
small  ticket transactions (   customers; average transaction size  of $       ;
   % of the combined portfolio) and middle  market transactions (     customers;
average  transaction  size of  $          ;      %  of the  combined portfolio).
Transactions generated from the sales  of NCR equipment historically are  middle
market  transactions (    customers; average transaction size of $        ;    %
of the combined portfolio). In terms of geographical distribution, the top  five
states (       ) accounted for approximately    % of the outstanding receivables
as of June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
    Credit Corp.'s credit and collection operations are handled on a centralized
basis  through its executive offices  in Parsipanny, New Jersey.  As of June 30,
1996, Credit Corp. had approximately      members in New Jersey responsible  for
credit  and contract approvals, documentation and collections. Substantially all
of these members  work in  teams that are  focused on  distinct market  segments
(e.g., by vendor (Lucent or NCR), by size of transaction (small ticket or middle
market)  or by geographic region).  Other members provide company-wide oversight
of the credit, contract and collections processes associated with the  portfolio
originated  by Credit  Corp. and NCR  Credit. In  addition, as of  June 30, 1996
Credit Corp. had approximately      account  managers located in Lucent  offices
throughout   the  United  States   to  help  process   credit  applications  and
documentation packages.
    
 
AT&T COMMERCIAL FINANCE CORPORATION
 
   
    CFC  provides  financing   and  leasing  programs   for  manufacturers   and
distributors  of material handling and construction equipment. CFC was formed in
1990 in connection with the acquisition  of substantially all the assets of  two
divisions of Pacificorp Credit, Inc.
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
   
    CFC  is headquartered in Portland, Oregon and  employed as of June 30, 1996,
  members, including   regionally  deployed sales representatives. CFC's  credit
and  collection operations are located in Portland, Oregon. As of June 30, 1996,
CFC had   members responsible for credit and collections activity.
    
 
   
    At June 30, 1996, the CFC portfolio (which includes both contracts owned  by
CFC  and contracts serviced on behalf of  others) was comprised of the following
equipment types:       . At  June 30, 1996,   % of CFC's portfolio consisted  of
lease  contracts and   %  consisted of loan contracts. Approximately    % of the
lease contracts  include fair  market value  purchase options  in favor  of  the
applicable  lessee upon expiration  of the applicable lease.  The balance of the
lease contracts  contain fixed  price  or nominal  options. The  loan  contracts
included  within CFC's  portfolio are  prepayable, in whole  or in  part, at any
time, and require the obligor to pay for all maintenance, insurance and taxes.
    
 
   
    CFC's retail portfolio, consisting  of over       customers  as of June  30,
1996,  is  comprised  of  businesses  of varying  sizes  in  a  wide  variety of
industries. As of June 30, 1996, the average exposure per end user customer  was
approximately  $       . The ten largest end user customers comprised   % of the
aggregate portfolio. The CFC portfolio  is also diversified geographically  with
five  states (           ,            ,            ,            and            )
accounting for approximately   % of outstanding receivables as of June 30, 1996.
    
 
UNDERWRITING AND SERVICING
 
    CREDIT MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY
 
   
    TCC undertakes certain risks in connection with the management of its assets
and business, including credit risk and  residual value risk. The management  of
these  risks is critical to each strategic  business unit within TCC (an "SBU").
As  such,  TCC  has  in  place  policies,  controls  and  procedures  (including
sophisticated  credit scoring systems  in several of its  SBUs which support the
credit approval process,  credit limit assignment  and collections) intended  to
manage  and limit such  risks, promote early  problem recognition and corrective
action as well as facilitate consistent portfolio performance measurements. Such
policies, controls and procedures are subject  to periodic review by TCC's  Risk
Management  Department,  which  includes  legal,  credit  and  asset  management
personnel, by TCC's internal  auditors and TCC's  Audit Committee. In  addition,
TCC's  executive officers, acting as a committee (the "CLT"), regularly monitors
TCC's overall risk profile.
    
 
    The control of credit losses is an important element of TCC's business.  TCC
seeks  to minimize its  credit risk through diversification  of its portfolio by
customer, industry segment, equipment type, geographic location and  transaction
maturity.  TCC's financing  activities have been  spread across a  wide range of
equipment types (E.G., general  equipment, telecommunications equipment,  office
equipment,  information technology and transportation equipment) and real estate
and a large number of end-users located  throughout the United States and, to  a
lesser extent, abroad.
 
   
    Each  SBU has a senior  credit officer and a  Credit Committee that together
are responsible for overseeing the  quality, integrity and performance of  their
respective  credit portfolios.  Before any transaction  can be  committed to, it
must first be credit approved by one of TCC's proprietary credit scoring  models
or by a duly authorized credit officer. Portfolio quality is monitored regularly
to  assess  the  overall  condition  of the  portfolio  and  identify  the major
exposures within the portfolio.  Each SBU Credit Committee  is charged with  the
responsibility  of establishing credit policies appropriate for its business and
periodically reviewing its credit personnel's  exercise of credit authority  for
adherence  to  the  established  credit  policies.  Credit  authorities  are  an
important tool that TCC  uses to manage and  control its portfolio risk.  Credit
authorities  are set in order to enable individual credit officers (and SBUs) to
handle approximately 80-85% of the  transactions flowing to them. This  approach
results  in approximately  15-20% of the  transactions being  reviewed by higher
credit authorities. This ensures oversight  of an individual's judgment,  credit
skills  and compliance with credit policy  by more senior credit officials. Each
SBU Credit Committee is empowered to establish credit authorities for  qualified
members  of  their credit  staff  for up  to  $250,000. Approval  of  new credit
authorities up to $1,000,000 require the approval of TCC's Chief Credit  Officer
or  its Chief  Risk Management Officer  in addition  to the approval  of the SBU
Credit
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
   
Committee. Approval  of new  credit  authorities in  excess of  $1,000,000  also
require  the approval of the CLT or  TCC's Chief Executive Officer. The existing
credit authorities allow the SBU  senior credit officer to approve  transactions
up  to $4.5 million in the case of Credit  Corp., up to $2.0 million in the case
of Leasing Services, up to $2.0 million in the case of NCR Credit and up to $1.5
million in the case of CFC. In addition, approval by TCC's Chief Credit Officer,
Chief Risk Management Officer, Corporate Business Leader or CLT is required  for
transactions  in  excess of  the SBU's  credit authority  and for  certain other
matters. The  credit  authority  granted  to approve  transactions  may  not  be
delegated.  TCC utilizes  the "one  obligor concept"  in computing  total credit
exposure; this means that the level  of credit authority required to approve  an
incremental  transaction  must be  sufficient  to approve  the  customer's total
credit exposure. TCC tracks credit exposure in an automated fashion  aggregating
all  SBUs' exposure to each customer  including its subsidiaries, affiliates and
commonly controlled companies.  Unless otherwise  specifically approved,  credit
approvals are valid for up to 180 days.
    
 
    UNDERWRITING -- GENERAL
 
   
    TCC's   underwriting  standards  are  intended  to  evaluate  a  prospective
customer's credit  standing and  repayment ability.  Credit decisions  are  made
based  upon the  credit characteristics of  the applicant,  loss experience with
comparable customers,  the  amount and  terms  and conditions  of  the  proposed
transaction  and the type of equipment to  be leased or financed. For almost all
transactions under  $50,000 originated  by Leasing  Services and  Credit  Corp.,
sophisticated  credit scoring systems (where a computer makes the initial credit
decision after consideration of many variables from the credit application  data
and  credit bureau information, based on a statistical model of TCC's prior loss
experience) are utilized to make credit decisions. TCC's credit scoring  system,
which  was first developed in  1989 and has been  subsequently upgraded with the
development of new models, is designed to improve credit decisions on new  lease
applications,  expedite response times to customers and increase business volume
and portfolio profitability  while maintaining credit  quality. With respect  to
credit  decisions  for those  transactions which  are  not credit  scored, TCC's
credit  officers  conduct  various  credit  investigations  including  reference
calling  and the procurement and analysis of data from credit reporting agencies
such as Dun & Bradstreet,  TRW and other credit bureaus.  In the case of  larger
sized  transactions (generally over $100,000), TCC's credit officers will obtain
and analyze financial statements from  the customer. Analysis will be  conducted
to  determine the reliability  of the financial statements  and to ascertain the
financial condition and operating performance  of the potential customer.  Asset
quality  is  carefully  reviewed  and stated  liabilities  are  compared  to the
information obtained from reference  checking and credit  reports. Cash flow  is
checked for reliability and adequacy to service funded debt maturities and other
fixed  charges. The financial  analysis would typically involve  a review of the
potential customer's leverage, profitability, liquidity and cash flow  utilizing
a  variety of financial ratios and comparing  the company to other companies its
size in similar businesses.  In this connection,  various reference sources  are
utilized  such as Robert Morris  Associates Financial Ratio Guide. Additionally,
information may be  obtained from rating  agencies, securities firms,  Bloomberg
and  numerous other sources. A  written analysis is then  prepared by the credit
officer summarizing the amount and terms of the credit request and setting forth
the  credit  officer's   recommendation  for   disposition  including   detailed
supporting  rationale. Alternative exit strategies  including an analysis of the
value of the equipment as well as its essentiality of use are also considered in
the event  the customer  fails  to honor  its  payment obligations.  The  credit
approval  will also  set forth  any conditions of  approval such  as personal or
corporate guarantees, shorter lease terms, more advance payments or other credit
enhancements, and it  will dictate the  necessary documentation. Any  subsequent
modification  of approval terms or required documentation must be re-approved by
one of TCC's authorized credit officers. TCC also requires the credit  personnel
of  each  SBU to  rate  the creditworthiness  of  each of  such  unit's customer
accounts over  $100,000  and, in  connection  therewith, to  take  into  account
certain  other factors  affecting the credit  risk of  a particular transaction,
such as collateral value, credit enhancement and duration of the credit.
    
 
    UNDERWRITING -- ADVANCED CREDIT SCORING SYSTEMS
 
    In  1992,  TCC  commissioned  the  Bell  Laboratories  Operations   Research
Department  ("Bell  Labs") to  design  decision support  systems  and associated
strategies for credit risk management throughout
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
   
the customer's financing life cycle. This life cycle approach, while commonplace
in the consumer credit field, is not common in commercial leasing. Three sets of
decision support systems were developed and implemented, covering each stage  of
the  small ticket  leasing life cycle;  front-end credit  decisions, credit line
management, and delinquent account  collections. Leasing Services utilized  this
methodology  initially, followed  by Credit  Corp., which  had previously worked
with commercial credit scoring vendors and consultants since 1989. Credit  Corp.
is  now installing  the behavioral  collection scoring  technology company-wide,
which it has  been using on  a limited test  basis in several  of its  operating
units  for most of  1996. Each system  is comprised of  a suite of statistically
derived risk prediction models, a sequential decision strategy which  determines
the  model  to  be  used in  each  instance,  and a  risk  based  strategy which
determines the optimal decision based upon the model results.
    
 
   
    Front-end credit decisioning  systems improve the  accuracy, speed and  cost
effectiveness  of the credit  evaluation of new  credit applications. The system
follows a series of  steps including the selection  and electronic retrieval  of
credit bureau information, the quantification of credit risk and the decision to
accept,  reject  or manually  review the  credit  applicant. While  both Leasing
Services and  Credit Corp.  have been  using credit  application scoring  models
since  1991  and 1989,  respectively, Leasing  Services implemented  an improved
decisioning system in March 1993, while Credit Corp. implemented such system  in
May  1995.  Separate  credit  line management  models  have  been  developed and
implemented within Credit Corp. in May 1995 and are currently being  implemented
within  Leasing Services. The credit scoring systems are monitored using various
reporting mechanisms and have been continually upgraded over time to incorporate
the value of  more recent  data and to  take advantage  of improved  statistical
techniques.  Overrides of credit scoring decisions by authorized credit officers
are permitted, but  are discouraged unless  additional information is  uncovered
which   materially  strengthens   the  transaction   or  if   sufficient  credit
enhancements can  be obtained  to  mitigate the  risk. Overrides  are  carefully
tracked  by operating unit  by month, and  are more common  at Credit Corp. than
they are at Leasing Services. Such advanced credit scoring systems are not  used
by  CFC and  NCR Credit because  the Contracts  originated by each  of them have
larger original balances.
    
 
    DOCUMENTATION
 
   
    Prior  to   funding  leasing   and   financing  transactions,   a   complete
documentation   package  (including  generally   a  credit  application,  signed
lease/installment  sale  or   financing  agreement,   vendor  invoice,   initial
lease/advance  payment,  proof  of  insurance  (where  relevant),  delivery  and
acceptance  acknowledgements  and  appropriate  UCC  financing  statements)   is
required.  Filing of UCC  financing statements typically  is required by Leasing
Services unless the  underlying equipment has  a cost of  less than $10,000  (or
$30,000  in  the case  of a  lease contract  with a  fair market  value purchase
option); by Credit Corp. unless the underlying equipment has a cost of less than
$20,000 (or $50,000 in  the case of  a lease contract with  a fair market  value
purchase  option); by NCR Credit  unless the underlying equipment  has a cost of
less than $25,000; and by CFC in all transactions.
    
 
    BILLING
 
   
    Billing for the Originators is handled  by third parties, which prepare  and
mail  monthly invoices. All customers are  assigned a billing cycle and invoices
are sent either 19 days before the due date in the case of Credit Corp., 30 days
before the due date in the case of Leasing Services, 20 days before the due date
in the case of CFC, or  25 days before the due date  in the case of NCR  Credit.
From  time to  time to facilitate  customer needs, the  Originators will provide
manual  invoices.  Monthly  invoices  include  the  scheduled  payment,   taxes,
insurance  and late charges, if any. The  vast majority of contracts provide for
level payments  throughout  their  term.  Substantially  all  customers  forward
payments to lockboxes with certain financial institutions.
    
 
    PORTFOLIO MONITORING
 
   
    Delinquency  is  tracked and  calculated  monthly for  each  major portfolio
segment, including segmentation by classification of days past due. In addition,
non-accruals are tracked monthly, including the portion which is deemed to be at
risk by the SBU  credit officials. Similarly, credit  losses are monitored  each
month  and  are compared  with credit  losses  for the  previous months  and the
corresponding  month  in  the  prior  years.  TCC  also  employs   sophisticated
techniques in the analysis and oversight of its
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
portfolio.  For that portion of the  portfolio assets consisting of transactions
under $25,000, roll rate  analysis (a type of  portfolio analysis examining  the
rate  at which accounts in various stages of delinquency become, or "roll" into,
losses) and a type  of vintage analysis (another  type of portfolio analysis  in
which  TCC's assets  are classified  by age  and then  compared across different
years (e.g., comparing loss experience  for two-year-old portfolio in 1996  with
that  in  1995))  are  used  together with  other  types  of  analyses  (such as
historical experience and various  industry indices) which  are used broadly  in
evaluating TCC's portfolio.
 
   
    In  addition  to  providing  an initial  credit  review,  the  credit review
procedures are designed to identify at  an early stage those customers that  may
be  experiencing  financial  difficulty. Once  identified,  these  customers are
monitored by credit personnel, who periodically make recommendations to the  SBU
Credit  Committee and/or  the CLT about  what remedial actions  should be taken,
what portion, if any, of total credit exposures should be written off or whether
a specific allocation of TCC's loss reserves should be made.
    
 
    In establishing  allowances for  credit  losses, TCC's  management  reviews,
among  other things, the aging of TCC's portfolio, all non-performing leases and
receivables and prior collection experience,  as well as TCC's overall  exposure
and changes in credit risk.
 
    COLLECTIONS
 
   
    TCC  collects overdue  payments using  several different  methods. At Credit
Corp. and  Leasing Services,  sophisticated computerized  collection  management
systems  have been developed  and deployed. Credit  Corp. utilizes sophisticated
technology in  its  collection  activities  with  the  exception  of  behavioral
scoring,  which is now being implemented company-wide following a testing period
in several of Credit Corp.'s units  for most of 1996. The collection  management
systems  prioritize delinquent  accounts into automated  queues using delinquent
account scoring  systems (also  referred to  as behavioral  scoring).  Telephone
calls  to delinquent accounts are automatically dialed by the system eliminating
no answer and busy line calls (which are automatically rescheduled).
    
 
   
    Accounts are ranked using a  suite of statistically derived risk  prediction
indicators  for  handling in  order of  risk  weighted exposure.  The collection
management systems  will entail  different account  collection strategies  as  a
function  of risk level  and account balance. Accounts  with low balances and/or
low risk  would be  assigned to  a  low impact  collection strategy  which  will
involve  fewer letters  and telephone  calls. Also,  the number  of days between
actions would be greater for a low risk account than in the case of a high  risk
account.  A high impact  collection strategy would be  assigned to accounts with
high balances and/or high  risk scores. In this  case, telephone calls would  be
commenced  sooner in the collection process and collection actions would be more
closely spaced.
    
 
    At NCR Credit and CFC, account  collections are undertaken in a more  manual
fashion  with prioritization being principally driven by the number of days past
due. Accounts  are typically  assigned  to individuals  or  groups who  will  be
responsible  to  ensure  appropriate  collection  activities  are  undertaken to
effectuate customer payment. The collection process is undertaken using computer
generated reminder notices  which are generally  sent once an  account is  10-15
days  past due, individually tailored  collection letters and telephone contact,
as appropriate.
 
   
    Outside collection agencies and attorneys are frequently used to  supplement
collection  activity. Typically an account is  placed with an outside collection
agency or attorney when it is 180 days or more past due. However, accounts  past
due  less  than 180  days may  be placed  with a  collection agency  or attorney
depending  upon  the  circumstances  of   its  delinquency.  Equipment  may   be
repossessed  at any time after the contracted default but repossession typically
is not made until the account is past due between 70 and 180 days.
    
 
    NON-ACCRUAL AND WRITE-OFF POLICY
 
   
    TCC maintains non-accrual and write-off  policies which are followed by  all
SBUs.  The policies  require that all  accounts which  are 90 days  past due (or
sooner in the event of a bankruptcy or other appropriate evidence of impairment)
be placed on  non-accrual, and be  written off or  specifically reserved at  180
days   past  due.  Larger   transactions  will  utilize   specific  reserves  to
appropriately reduce the carrying value of the equipment to an amount which  may
be "covered" by collateral value.
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
                                 THE CONTRACTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
    THE FORMS OF CONTRACTS
 
   
    The  Contracts  which  are included  in  the Preliminary  Contract  Pool (as
defined under "--Certain Statistics Relating to the Preliminary Contract Pool"),
as of  the Preliminary  Cut-Off  Date (as  defined under  "--Certain  Statistics
Relating  to the Preliminary Contract Pool"), consist primarily of the following
types of  instruments:  approximately       %  of  such  instruments  are  Lease
Contracts, and approximately    % of such instruments are Loan Contracts. All of
the Contracts are commercial, rather than consumer, leases or loans.
    
 
   
    The  Lease Contracts are generally  in one of two  forms: (a) a master lease
agreement containing  all of  the  general terms  and  conditions of  the  lease
transaction  or transactions, with schedules setting forth the specific terms of
each lease transaction with that particular Obligor (a "Master Form Lease"), and
(b) specific lease agreement forms containing all of the terms and conditions of
the lease transaction (a "Specific Lease Form"). Credit Corp. generally uses the
Master Form Lease for lease transactions in excess of $100,000 and in connection
with smaller transactions in which the Obligor has previously executed a  Master
Form  Lease; NCR Credit uses the Master  Form Lease for substantially all of its
transactions; CFC uses both a Specific Lease  Form and a Master Form Lease;  and
Leasing  Services generally uses  a Specific Lease  Form but uses  a Master Form
Lease for certain vendor customers. In certain cases, the Lease Contract may  be
written  on  another form  which was  created by  one of  the Originators,  by a
customer or by a  third-party originator. The Loan  Contracts are documented  on
installment  sale  contract,  promissory  note,  chattel  mortgage  or  loan and
security agreement forms.
    
 
    PAYMENTS GENERALLY
 
   
    Generally, the Contracts included in  the Preliminary Contract Pool  require
that  the Obligor  make periodic  payments on  either a  monthly or  a quarterly
basis, while  a number  of  Contracts (which,  in  relation to  the  Preliminary
Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance, is not material) provide for semi-
annual  or  annual payments.  The payments  under  all of  the Contracts  in the
Preliminary Contract Pool are required to  be made in United States dollars  and
are  fixed and  specified payments,  rather than  payments which  are tied  to a
formula or are otherwise  at a floating rate.  Payments under the Contracts  are
ordinarily  payable in advance,  although a small  percentage (including most of
those originated by NCR Credit) provide for payments in arrears.
    
 
   
    EXPENSES RELATING TO EQUIPMENT
    
 
   
    All of the Contracts included in  the Preliminary Contract Pool require  the
Obligor  to  assume  the  responsibility  for payment  of  all  expenses  of the
Equipment including (without  limitation) any  expenses in  connection with  the
maintenance and repair of the Equipment, the payment of any and all premiums for
casualty  and liability insurance and  the payment of all  taxes relating to the
Equipment.
    
 
    INSURANCE; REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
 
   
    Each Lease  Contract (except  for  a small  number  of Contracts  which,  in
relation to the Preliminary Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance, is not
material)  requires the Obligor to maintain  liability insurance which must name
the lessor as  additional insured.  Lease Contracts and  Loan Contracts  require
Obligors  to procure property  insurance against the  loss, theft or destruction
of, or  damage to,  the Equipment  for its  full replacement  value, naming  the
lessor (or lender) as loss payee. This requirement is, from time to time, waived
by  the  Originator for  a  small number  of  transactions and,  for  some Lease
Contracts, the  Obligor is  permitted  to self-insure  the Equipment  under  the
Obligor's already existing self-insurance program.
    
 
   
    For transactions involving leased Equipment with a cost of $100,000 or less,
the  Lessee  is  generally  provided  with  written  information  concerning its
property insurance obligations under the Lease Contract and the Originator's own
property insurance coverage that will be  provided at the expense of the  Lessee
if  the Lessee does not provide the Originator with satisfactory evidence of its
own insurance coverage. The Lessee is given a specified time period in which  to
provide such evidence. Proper
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
evidence  of coverage  is verified  independently and  tracked by  a third party
tracking company and licensed broker.  If the Originator provides the  insurance
coverage, the Lessee is charged a monthly fee covering the insurance premium and
other  related  administrative charges.  If, at  any  time, the  Lessee provides
evidence of its  own coverage, such  monthly charges cease.  The Lessee has  the
ability to "opt out" of the program by providing evidence of its own coverage.
 
    For  transactions involving  Equipment with  a cost  of more  than $100,000,
insurance  coverage  generally  is  verified  and  tracked  by  the   respective
Originator  and the failure  to maintain such insurance  constitutes an event of
default under the applicable Lease  Contract. Generally, either pursuant to  the
Specific  Lease  Form or  the  Master Form  Lease,  the Obligor  also  agrees to
indemnify the Originator for  all liability and expenses  arising from the  use,
condition or ownership of the Equipment.
 
   
    Under  each Lease  Contract, if the  Equipment is damaged  or destroyed, the
Obligor is  required to  (i)  repair such  Equipment,  (ii) make  a  termination
payment  to the lessor in an amount not less than the Required Payoff Amount, or
(iii) in some  cases, replace  such damaged  or destroyed  Equipment with  other
equipment  of  comparable  use  and  value.  Under  the  Transfer  and Servicing
Agreement, the Servicer  is permitted  (in the case  of the  destruction of  the
Equipment  related to a particular Lease Contract) either to allow the Lessee to
replace such  Equipment (provided  that  the replacement  equipment is,  in  the
judgment of the Servicer, of comparable use and at least equivalent value to the
value of the Equipment which was destroyed) or to accept the termination payment
referred to above.
    
 
    ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS
 
   
    All  of the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract Pool permit the assignment
of the  Contract by  the lessor  or secured  party without  the consent  of  the
Obligor,  except for a  small number of Contracts  which require notification of
the assignment to, or the  consent of, the Obligor  (and TCC will represent  and
warrant  in the Purchase  Agreement that such  notices have been  given, or such
approvals will have been received, not  more than ten days following the  Merger
Consummation  Date).  None of  the Contracts  in  the Preliminary  Contract Pool
permit the assignment of the Contract (or the Equipment related thereto) by  the
Obligor  without the prior  consent of the  lessor or secured  party, other than
Contracts which (i) may permit assignments to a parent, subsidiary or affiliate,
(ii) permit the assignment to a third party, provided the Obligor remains liable
under the Contract, or (iii)  permit assignment to a  third party with a  credit
standing  (determined  by TCC  in accordance  with  its underwriting  policy and
practice at the time for an equivalent contract type, term and amount) equal  to
or better than the original Obligor. Under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement,
the  Servicer may permit an assignment of  a particular Contract from an Obligor
to a  third party  only  if the  Servicer  (utilizing the  current  underwriting
criteria for its contract origination activities generally) determines that such
third  party is of sufficient credit quality that the Servicer would permit such
third party  to become  an obligor  with respect  to a  lease or  loan  contract
originated by the Servicer generally.
    
 
    HELL-OR-HIGH-WATER LEASE CONTRACTS
 
   
    All   of  the  Lease   Contracts  in  the   Preliminary  Contract  Pool  are
"hell-or-high-water" contracts which require all payments thereunder to be  made
regardless  of  the  condition  or  suitability  of  the  related  Equipment and
notwithstanding any defense, set-off or  counterclaim that the Obligor may  have
against the lessor.
    
 
    EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
   
    Events  of default under the Contracts  generally include the failure to pay
all amounts required by  the Contract when  due, the failure  of the Obligor  to
perform  its agreements  and covenants  under the  applicable Contract, material
misrepresentations made  by the  Obligor, the  bankruptcy or  insolvency of  the
Obligor  or the appointment  of a receiver  for the Obligor  and, in some cases,
default by  the Obligor  under  other contracts  or  agreements. Some  of  these
default provisions are, in some instances, subject to notice provisions and cure
periods.  Remedies available to the lessor  or secured party upon the occurrence
of an event of default by the  Obligor include the right to cancel or  terminate
in the case of a Lease Contract, or to accelerate payments in the case of a Loan
Contract,  to recover  possession of  the related  Equipment, and  to receive an
amount  intended  to   make  the   lessor  or   secured  party   (as  the   case
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
   
may  be) whole plus  costs and expenses  (including legal fees)  incurred by the
lessor or secured party as a result of such default. Notwithstanding such events
of default  and  remedies,  under  the Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement,  the
Servicer  is  permitted to  take such  actions, with  respect to  delinquent and
defaulted Contracts, as  a reasonably  prudent creditor would  do under  similar
circumstances.  See  "Description of  the  Transfer and  Servicing  Agreement --
Servicing."
    
 
    PREPAYMENTS AND EARLY TERMINATION
 
   
    None of the Lease  Contracts permit the prepayment  or early termination  of
the  Lease, except in a de minimis number  of cases which allow for a prepayment
or early termination upon payment of an amount which is calculated in accordance
with a formula  which results in  an amount  not less than  the Required  Payoff
Amount.  Notwithstanding that fact, the Servicer is permitted under the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement to accept a  prepayment as part of an early  termination
of  the applicable  Lease Contract  if the amount  paid by  or on  behalf of the
Obligor is at least equal to the Required Payoff Amount for such Lease Contract.
All or substantially  all of the  Loan Contracts permit  the Obligors, at  their
option,  to  prepay such  Loans  at any  time  in an  amount  equal to  the then
outstanding principal  balance  plus  accrued  interest  to  the  date  of  such
prepayment  plus any applicable unpaid charges. See "Description of the Notes --
Application of Prepayments."
    
 
    DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES
 
   
    Each of  the  Lease Contracts  included  in the  Preliminary  Contract  Pool
contains  provisions whereby the  lessor (or the Originator,  as assignee of the
lessor) disclaims  all warranties  with respect  to the  Equipment and,  in  the
majority  of  cases, the  lessor assigns  the  manufacturer's warranties  to the
Lessee for  the  term of  the  Lease. Under  the  Lease Contracts,  the  Obligor
"accepts"  the Equipment under the  applicable Lease Contract following delivery
and an opportunity to inspect the related Equipment.
    
 
    ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
 
   
    Some of  the Lease  Contracts in  the Preliminary  Contract Pool  constitute
leases  of "additional equipment" with existing  Obligors. Pursuant to the terms
of the original Lease Contract between the lessor and the Obligor, these  leases
for "additional equipment" (generally costing $25,000 or less) are documented on
a written form prepared by the lessor and delivered to (but not executed by) the
Obligor,  which written form describes all of  the terms of the lease. Under the
terms of  the Lease  Contract, the  Obligor  agrees that  unless it  objects  in
writing  within a specified  period of time,  it is deemed  to have accepted the
lease of such "additional equipment."
    
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE BY TCC
 
   
    Under the Purchase  Agreement, TCC will  make the following  representations
and  warranties regarding each Contract (and  the related Equipment) included in
the Final Contract Pool as of the Cut-Off Date:
    
 
   
    (A)Each Contract (i)  constitutes a valid,  binding and enforceable  payment
       obligation  of the Obligor in accordance with its terms (except as may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws affecting the
enforceability of creditors' rights generally and the availability of  equitable
remedies),  (ii) has been duly  and properly sold, assigned  and conveyed by the
applicable Originator under the Purchase Agreement to the Depositor and has been
duly and properly transferred and conveyed  by the Depositor to the Owner  Trust
pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, (iii) was originated by one of
the Originators in the ordinary course of such Originator's business, or (in the
case  of any Contract purchased by one  of the Originators) was acquired by such
Originator for proper consideration and was validly assigned to such  Originator
by  the seller  of such  Contract, and  (iv) contains  customary and enforceable
provisions adequate to enable realization against the Obligor and/or the related
Equipment (although no representation  or warranty is made  with respect to  the
perfection or priority of any security interest in such related Equipment);
    
 
   
    (B)No   selection   procedures  adverse   to   the  Noteholders   or  Equity
       Certificateholders were utilized  in selecting the  Contracts from  those
lease and loan contracts owned by the Originators on the Cut-Off Date;
    
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    (C)All  requirements  of  applicable  Federal,  state  and  local  laws, and
       regulations thereunder, in  respect of  all of the  Contracts, have  been
complied with in all material respects;
 
   
    (D)There  is  no  known  default,  breach,  violation  or  event  permitting
       cancellation or termination of the Contract by the lessor (in the case of
Lease Contracts) or by the secured party  (in the case of Loan Contracts)  under
the terms of any Contract (other than Scheduled Payment delinquencies (in excess
of  10% of the Scheduled Payment due) of not more than 59 days), and (except for
payment extensions and waivers of  Administrative Fees in accordance with  TCC's
servicing  policies) there has been no waiver of any of the foregoing; and as of
the Cut-Off Date, no related Equipment had been repossessed;
    
 
    (E)Immediately prior to the sale, assignment and conveyance of each Contract
       by an Originator to the Depositor, such Originator had good title to such
Contract conveyed to the Depositor and was  the sole owner thereof, free of  any
Lien;  and immediately prior to the transfer  and conveyance of the Contracts to
the Owner Trust, the  Depositor had good  title thereto and  was the sole  owner
thereof, free of any Lien created by the applicable Originator;
 
   
    (F)No  person has  a participation  in or  other right  to receive Scheduled
       Payments under any  Contract, and neither  the Depositor nor  any of  the
Originators  nor TCC has taken any action to convey any right to any person that
would result in such person having  a right to Scheduled Payments received  with
respect to any Contract;
    
 
    (G)Each  Contract was originated or purchased  by an Originator and was sold
       by  such   Originator   to   the   Depositor   without   any   fraud   or
misrepresentation on the part of such Originator;
 
   
    (H)Each Obligor (i) is located in the United States, and (ii) is not (a) the
       United  States of America or any State or local government or any agency,
department, subdivision  or instrumentality  thereof or  (b) the  Depositor,  an
Originator, TCC or any subsidiary thereof;
    
 
   
    (I)No  Contract  was  originated in,  or  is  subject to  the  laws  of, any
       jurisdiction the laws of which would make unlawful, void or voidable  the
sale,  transfer  and assignment  of  such Contract  to  the Depositor  under the
Purchase Agreement or  the transfer  and conveyance  from the  Depositor to  the
Owner Trust under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;
    
 
    (J)All  filings and other actions required to be made, taken or performed by
       any person in any jurisdiction to  give the Owner Trust a first  priority
perfected lien or ownership interest in the Contracts will have been made, taken
or performed;
 
    (K)There  exists  a  Contract File  pertaining  to each  Contract,  and such
       Contract File contains the Contract or a facsimile copy thereof;
 
    (L)There is only one  original executed copy of  each Contract or, if  there
       are  multiple originals, all such originals  are in the possession of the
Originator or the signed original in  the possession of the Originator is  noted
thereon as being the only copy that constitutes chattel paper;
 
   
    (M)The  Contracts constitute chattel paper within  the meaning of the UCC as
       in effect in the  States of New Jersey,  Massachusetts and Oregon  (other
than  those Contracts  in which the  lessor is financing  the Obligor's software
license or  maintenance  contract  for leased  Equipment,  which  Contracts,  in
proportion  to  the  Cut-Off  Date  Contract  Pool  Principal  Balance,  are not
material);
    
 
   
    (N)Each Contract was entered  into by an Obligor  who, at the Cut-Off  Date,
       had not been identified on the records of TCC or the Originators as being
the subject of a current bankruptcy proceeding;
    
 
    (O)The  computer tape containing  information with respect  to the Contracts
       that was made  available by the  Depositor to the  Owner Trustee and  the
Indenture  Trustee on the Closing Date and was used to select the Contracts (the
"Computer Tape") was complete  and accurate in all  material respects as of  the
Cut-Off Date and includes a description of the same Contracts that are described
in the Schedule of Contracts to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    (P)By  the Merger Consummation  Date, the portions  of the electronic master
       record of TCC and the Depositor (the "Electronic Ledger") relating to the
Contracts will  have been  clearly and  unambiguously marked  to show  that  the
Contracts  constitute part of the Trust Assets  and are owned by the Owner Trust
in accordance with the terms of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;
 
   
    (Q)No Contract has a Scheduled Payment delinquency (in excess of 10% of  the
       Scheduled  Payment due) of more  than 59 days past  due as of the Cut-Off
Date;
    
 
   
    (R)Each Contract may be sold, assigned and transferred by the Originator  to
       the  Depositor, and may  be assigned and transferred  by the Depositor to
the Owner  Trust  without  the  consent  of, or  prior  approval  from,  or  any
notification  to,  the  applicable  Obligor, other  than  (i)  certain Contracts
(which, in proportion to the aggregate of all of the Contracts, is not material)
that require notification of the  assignment to the Obligor, which  notification
will  have been given by the Servicer not more than 10 days following the Merger
Consummation Date and (ii) Contracts which  require the consent of the  Obligor,
which consent will have been obtained not more than 10 days following the Merger
Consummation Date;
    
 
   
    (S)Each Contract prohibits the sale, assignment or transfer of the Obligor's
       interest  therein, the assumption of the  Contract by another person in a
manner that would release the Obligor thereof from the Obligor's obligation,  or
any  sale, assignment  or transfer of  the related Equipment,  without the prior
consent of the lessor (in the case of Lease Contracts) or the secured party  (in
the  case  of  Loan  Contracts),  other  than  Contracts  which  may  (i) permit
assignment to a subsidiary, corporate parent or other affiliate, (ii) permit the
assignment to  a third  party, provided  the Obligor  remains liable  under  the
Contract,  or (iii) permit  assignment to a  third party with  a credit standing
(determined by TCC in  accordance with its underwriting  policy and practice  at
the  time for an equivalent  contract type, term and  amount) equal to or better
than the original Obligor;
    
 
    (T)The Obligor under each Contract  is required to make payments  thereunder
       (i)  in United States dollars, and (ii) in fixed amounts and on fixed and
predetermined dates;
 
    (U)Each Contract requires the Obligor  to assume responsibility for  payment
       of  all expenses  in connection  with the  maintenance and  repair of the
related Equipment, the payment of all  premiums for insurance of such  Equipment
and the payment of all taxes (including sales taxes) relating to such Equipment;
 
   
    (V)Each  Contract  requires the  Obligor  thereunder to  make  all scheduled
       payments thereon under all circumstances and regardless of the  condition
or suitability of the related Equipment and notwithstanding any defense, set-off
or  counterclaim that the  Obligor may have against  the manufacturer, lessor or
lender (as the case may be);
    
 
   
    (W)Under each Lease Contract, if the Equipment is damaged or destroyed,  the
       Obligor  is required  to either  (i) repair  such Equipment,  (ii) make a
termination payment to the lessor in an amount not less than the Required Payoff
Amount, or (iii) in some cases, replace such damaged or destroyed Equipment with
other equipment of comparable use and value;
    
 
   
    (X)None of the  Lease Contracts  permit the  Lessee to  terminate the  Lease
       Contract prior to the Final Scheduled Payment Date or to otherwise prepay
the amounts due and payable thereunder, other than certain Lease Contracts which
do permit an early termination or prepayment, but in such cases the amount to be
paid  in connection  with such  termination or prepayment  is not  less than the
Required Payoff Amount;
    
 
   
    (Y)Each Loan Contract permits the  prepayment of the amount due  thereunder,
       at  the option of the  Obligor, but any prepayment in  full must be in an
amount not less than the principal amount then outstanding plus accrued interest
thereon to the date of such prepayment; and
    
 
    (Z)It is  not a  precondition to  the valid  transfer or  assignment of  the
       Depositor's interest in any of the Equipment related to any Contract that
title  to such Equipment  be transferred on  the records of  any governmental or
quasi-governmental agency, body or authority.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    The above-described representations and warranties of TCC will be made as of
the Merger Consummation Date and will survive the transfer and assignment of the
related Contracts and other Trust Assets to the Owner Trust but will speak  only
as of the date made.
 
   
    In the event of a breach of any such representation or warranty with respect
to  a Contract that materially and adversely  affects the value of such Contract
(any such breach being a "Repurchase Event"), TCC, unless it cures the breach by
the 60th day after the  date on which TCC or  the Depositor becomes aware of  or
receives  written  notice from  the Indenture  Trustee or  the Servicer  of such
breach, will be  obligated to purchase  the Contract from  the Owner Trust.  Any
such  purchase shall  be made  on the  Business Day  preceding the  Payment Date
immediately following such  60th day  at a price  equal to  the Required  Payoff
Amount  applicable to such Contract. This purchase obligation may be enforced by
the Indenture Trustee  on behalf  of the  holders of  the Notes  and the  Equity
Certificates,  and will constitute the sole  remedy available to the Noteholders
and the  Equity Certificateholders  against  TCC for  any such  uncured  breach,
except that pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, TCC will indemnify
the   Indenture  Trustee,   the  Owner   Trustee,  the   Owner  Trust   and  the
Securityholders against losses,  damages, liabilities  and claims  which may  be
asserted  against any of them  as a result of  third-party claims arising out of
the facts giving rise to such breach.
    
 
   
    Upon the  purchase  by  TCC  of a  Contract  (and  related  Equipment),  the
Indenture Trustee will release its liens thereon and the Owner Trust will convey
such Contract and the related Equipment to TCC.
    
 
   
CERTAIN STATISTICS RELATING TO THE PRELIMINARY CONTRACT POOL
    
 
    GENERAL
 
   
    The  Depositor  has  prepared certain  statistics  relating to  the  pool of
Contracts which, subject to the exception noted below, will constitute the Final
Contract Pool. These statistics are based on such Contracts as of August 1, 1996
(the "Preliminary Cut-Off Date"),  and the Final Contract  Pool will consist  of
such  Contracts, less that portion of  the Contract Principal Balances which are
paid or prepaid  from the  Preliminary Cut-Off Date  to September  1, 1996  (the
"Cut-Off  Date"). Accordingly, the statistics relating to such pool of Contracts
as of the Preliminary Cut-Off Date (the "Preliminary Contract Pool") will differ
somewhat from the Final Contract Pool;  however, the statistics relating to  the
Final Contract Pool will be included in the final Prospectus.
    
 
   
    For purpose of the tables presented below, all unpaid Scheduled Payments due
on  the Contracts included in  the Preliminary Contract Pool  from and after the
Preliminary Cut-Off Date (including all Scheduled Payments due prior to, but not
received as  of,  the Preliminary  Cut-Off  Date, but  excluding  any  Scheduled
Payments  due on or after, but received  prior to, the Preliminary Cut-Off Date)
have been discounted monthly at an assumed rate of    % per annum to calculate a
"Preliminary Cut-Off  Date Contract  Pool  Principal Balance."  The  Preliminary
Cut-Off  Date Contract Pool Principal Balance, was $      , and the total number
of Contracts in the Preliminary Contract Pool was            . Accordingly,  the
average  Contract Pool  Principal Balance  of the  Contracts in  the Preliminary
Contract Pool, as  of the Preliminary  Cut-Off Date, was  $        . Within  the
Preliminary  Contract Pool,     % of the  Contracts (by Preliminary Cut-Off Date
Contract Pool Principal Balance) were originated by the Originators (or by other
affiliates of TCC)  and      % of such  Contracts (by  Preliminary Cut-Off  Date
Contract  Pool Principal Balance) were purchased by the Originators (or by other
affiliates of TCC) from unrelated third parties.
    
 
   
                  COMPOSITION OF THE PRELIMINARY CONTRACT POOL
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        WEIGHTED               WEIGHTED              AVERAGE
                                PRELIMINARY              AVERAGE                AVERAGE             CONTRACT
                               CUT-OFF DATE             ORIGINAL               REMAINING            PRINCIPAL
                               CONTRACT POOL              TERM                   TERM                BALANCE
NUMBER OF CONTRACTS          PRINCIPAL BALANCE           (RANGE)                (RANGE)              (RANGE)
- -------------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  -----------------
 
<S>                        <C>                    <C>                    <C>                    <C>
                                                                 months                 months  $
                                                         (  to   months)        (  to   months) ($           to $)
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
   
    TYPE OF CONTRACTS
    
 
   
    The following table shows the distribution of the Preliminary Contract  Pool
between  true leases  (defined for  purposes of this  table as  a Contract under
which the  Obligor has  a right  to  purchase the  related Equipment  only  upon
payment  of the fair  market value thereof) and  all other Contracts (comprising
both Loan Contracts  and Lease Contracts  with fixed price  or nominal  purchase
options)  by indicating the number of  Contracts in each category, the aggregate
Contract Principal Balance of such Contracts,  and the percentage (by number  of
Contracts  and  by  aggregate  Contract  Principal  Balance)  of  such Contracts
relative to all of the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract Pool:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             % OF
                                                                                                          PRELIMINARY
                                                                   % OF TOTAL                            CUT-OFF DATE
                                                     NUMBER OF      NUMBER OF    AGGREGATE CONTRACT      CONTRACT POOL
TYPE OF CONTRACT                                     CONTRACTS      CONTRACTS     PRINCIPAL BALANCE    PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  -------------------  -------------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>            <C>                  <C>
True Leases......................................
All Other Contracts..............................
      Total......................................
</TABLE>
    
 
    GEOGRAPHICAL DIVERSITY
 
   
    The following  table shows  the geographical  diversity of  the  Preliminary
Contract  Pool, by  indicating the number  of Contracts,  the aggregate Contract
Principal Balance of such Contracts and  the percentage (by number of  Contracts
and  by aggregate Contract Principal Balance)  of such Contracts relative to all
of the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract  Pool by reference to the State  in
which the Obligors to such Contracts are located:
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                    AGGREGATE       CUT-OFF DATE
                                    % OF TOTAL       CONTRACT      CONTRACT POOL                                        % OF TOTAL
                    NUMBER OF       NUMBER OF       PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL                          NUMBER OF       NUMBER OF
     STATE          CONTRACTS       CONTRACTS        BALANCE          BALANCE            STATE          CONTRACTS       CONTRACTS
- ----------------  --------------  --------------  --------------  ----------------  ----------------  --------------  --------------
 
<S>               <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>               <C>               <C>             <C>
                                                                                    Total. . . .
 
<CAPTION>
                                  % OF PRELIMINARY
                    AGGREGATE       CUT-OFF DATE
                     CONTRACT      CONTRACT POOL
                    PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
     STATE           BALANCE          BALANCE
- ----------------  --------------  ----------------
<S>               <C>             <C>
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
    CONTRACTS BY EQUIPMENT TYPE
 
   
    The  following  table  shows the  type  of Equipment  securing  or otherwise
related to the  Contracts in  the Preliminary Contract  Pool, by  the number  of
Contracts,  the aggregate Contract Principal Balance  of such Contracts, and the
percentage (by number of Contracts and by aggregate Contract Principal  Balance)
of  such Contracts relative to all of  the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract
Pool:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                                                                       CUT-OFF DATE
                                                              % OF TOTAL        AGGREGATE CONTRACT     CONTRACT POOL
TYPE OF EQUIPMENT                 NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS     PRINCIPAL BALANCE   PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------------------------  ---------------------  ----------------------  -------------------  -----------------
 
<S>                              <C>                    <C>                     <C>                  <C>
      Total....................
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCES
    
 
   
    The following table shows the distribution of the Preliminary Contract  Pool
by Contract Principal Balance by indicating the number of Contracts which have a
Contract  Principal Balance  within a defined  range and  the aggregate Contract
Principal Balance of such Contracts, and the percentage (by number of  Contracts
and  by aggregate Contract Principal Balance)  of such Contracts relative to all
of the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract Pool:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                                                                      CUT-OFF DATE
                                                                                                        CONTRACT
                                                           % OF TOTAL         AGGREGATE CONTRACT     POOL PRINCIPAL
CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCE     NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE         BALANCE
- ----------------------------  ---------------------  ----------------------  ---------------------  -----------------
<S>                           <C>                    <C>                     <C>                    <C>
$      to $      ...........
$      to $      ...........
$      to $      ...........
      Total.................
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    REMAINING TERMS OF CONTRACTS
    
 
   
    The following  table  shows the  remaining  term  of the  Contracts  in  the
Preliminary  Contract Pool  from the Preliminary  Cut-Off Date  to the scheduled
expiration date of such  Contracts, by indicating the  number of Contracts,  the
aggregate  Contract Principal Balance of such  Contracts, and the percentage (by
number of  Contracts  and  by  aggregate Contract  Principal  Balance)  of  such
Contracts relative to all of the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract Pool:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                                                                       CUT-OFF DATE
                                           NUMBER                                                      CONTRACT POOL
                                             OF             % OF TOTAL         AGGREGATE CONTRACT        PRINCIPAL
REMAINING TERM OF CONTRACTS               CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE         BALANCE
- ---------------------------------------  -----------  ----------------------  ---------------------  -----------------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>                     <C>                    <C>
One Month to    Months.................
  Months to   Months...................
  Months to   Months...................
  Months to   Months...................
Over   Months..........................
      Total............................
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
   
    TYPES OF OBLIGOR
    
 
   
    The Contracts with a single Obligor (or group of affiliated Obligors) having
the  largest aggregate Contract Principal Balance  as of the Preliminary Cut-Off
Date represented approximately__% of the Preliminary Cut-Off Date Contract  Pool
Principal  Balance, and  the ten  groups of  Contracts with  single Obligors (or
affiliated Obligors)  having the  largest aggregate  Contract Principal  Balance
represented  approximately  __% of  the Preliminary  Cut-Off Date  Contract Pool
Principal Balance. The following table shows  the types of Obligor on  Contracts
within  the Preliminary Contract Pool, by the number of Contracts, the aggregate
Contract Principal Balance of such Contracts,  and the percentage (by number  of
Contracts  and  by  aggregate  Contract  Principal  Balance)  of  such Contracts
relative to all of the Contracts in the Preliminary Contract Pool:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    % OF PRELIMINARY
                                                                                                      CUT-OFF DATE
                                                                                                      CONTRACT POOL
                                                           % OF TOTAL         AGGREGATE CONTRACT        PRINCIPAL
TYPE OF OBLIGOR                NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE         BALANCE
- ----------------------------  ---------------------  ----------------------  ---------------------  -----------------
<S>                           <C>                    <C>                     <C>                    <C>
 
      Total.................
</TABLE>
    
 
CERTAIN STATISTICS RELATING TO DELINQUENCIES AND DEFAULTS
 
    DELINQUENCIES
 
   
    The following table sets forth statistics relating to Delinquencies on lease
and/or loan contracts within the Originators' portfolios (on an aggregate basis)
as of December  31, 1991,  December 31, 1992,  December 31,  1993, December  31,
1994,  December 31, 1995 and June 30,  1996. For these purposes, a "Delinquency"
means that  the obligor  on the  lease or  loan contract  has failed  to make  a
required  Scheduled Payment in an  amount equal to at  least 90% of the required
Scheduled Payment on  the date required  and for a  specified period  thereafter
(which  period is  set forth  below under  "Defaults"). For  these purposes, any
payment made  by the  obligor on  a lease  or loan  contract subsequent  to  the
required  payment date is applied to the  earliest payment which was unpaid. The
statistics set forth  below relate  to the entire  portfolio of  lease and  loan
contracts  serviced by the Originators as of  the date specified, and not to the
Contracts in either the  Preliminary Contract Pool or  the Final Contract  Pool;
and,   accordingly,  such  statistics  should   not  necessarily  be  considered
indicative of the future performance of
    
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
the Contracts in the  Final Contract Pool. The  following table is based,  where
indicated,  on the book value of the lease  and loan contracts, as it appears on
the accounting records of TCC as of the date set forth below.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      PERCENTAGE OF AGGREGATE BOOK VALUE OF CONTRACTS WHICH
                                                                         WERE DELINQUENT
                                     AGGREGATE BOOK   ------------------------------------------------------
                                        VALUE OF        31 TO 60      61 TO 90     91 TO 120      OVER 120
DATE OF CALCULATION                    CONTRACTS          DAYS          DAYS          DAYS          DAYS        TOTAL
- ----------------------------------  ----------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ---------
<S>                                 <C>               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
12/31/91..........................    $                         %             %             %             %
12/31/92..........................    $                         %             %             %             %
12/31/93..........................    $                         %             %             %             %
12/31/94..........................    $                         %             %             %             %
12/31/95..........................    $                         %             %             %             %
 6/30/96..........................    $                         %             %             %             %
</TABLE>
    
 
    DEFAULTS
 
   
    The following  table sets  forth statistics  relating to  Defaults on  lease
and/or loan contracts within the Originators' portfolios (on an aggregate basis)
as  of, and  for the  12-month periods ending,  December 31,  1991, December 31,
1992, December 31, 1993, December 31, 1994, December 31, 1995 and as of, and for
the six-month period  ending, June  30, 1996.  For these  purposes, a  "Default"
means  that, (i) during such 12-month period,  the obligor on the relevant lease
or loan contract failed to make payments in  an amount at least equal to 90%  of
the required Scheduled Payment for at least 90 days beyond the date required, or
commenced  a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding,  and (ii) in either event that
the applicable Originator  or TCC declared  a default under  such lease or  loan
contract  and pursued one or more  remedies thereunder. The statistics set forth
below relate to  the portfolio of  lease and/or loan  contracts serviced by  the
Originators  for the  period specified  and not to  the Contracts  in either the
Preliminary Contract Pool  or the  Final Contract Pool;  and, accordingly,  such
statistics  should not  necessarily be  considered as  indicative of  the future
performance of the Contracts in the Final Contract Pool. The following table  is
based,  where indicated, on the book value of the lease and loan contracts as it
appears on the records of TCC as of the date specified below:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AGGREGATE BOOK           PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                     VALUE OF CONTRACTS IN  AGGREGATE BOOK VALUE OF
                                                                         ORIGINATORS'        CONTRACTS WHICH WERE
DATE OF CALCULATION                                                        PORTFOLIO               DEFAULTED
- -------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------  -----------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                    <C>
12/31/91...........................................................      $                                 %
12/31/92...........................................................      $                                 %
12/31/93...........................................................      $                                 %
12/31/94...........................................................      $                                 %
12/31/95...........................................................      $                                 %
 6/30/96...........................................................      $                                 %
</TABLE>
 
    LOSSES AND RECOVERIES
 
   
    The following  table sets  forth  statistics relating  to gross  losses  and
losses  net  of recoveries  on  Defaulted lease  and  loan contracts  within the
Originators' portfolios  (on  an aggregate  basis)  during the  12-month  period
ending  December 31,  1991, December 31,  1992, December 31,  1993, December 31,
1994 and December 31, 1995 and during the six-month period ending June 30, 1996.
For these purposes,  "gross losses"  means                , and  "losses net  of
recoveries"  means              . The  statistics set forth  below relate to the
portfolio of lease  and loan contracts  serviced by the  Originators during  the
period  indicated and  not to the  Contracts in either  the Preliminary Contract
Pool or the Final  Contract Pool; and, accordingly,  such statistics should  not
necessarily  be considered indicative of the future performance of the Contracts
in the Final Contract Pool.
    
 
                               [TABLE TO FOLLOW]
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
    The  Notes will be issued pursuant to the  terms of the Indenture, a form of
which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. A copy of  the
Indenture will be filed with the Commission following the issuance of the Notes.
The  following summary describes  certain terms of the  Notes and the Indenture.
The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is  qualified
in  its  entirety by  reference  to, all  the provisions  of  the Notes  and the
Indenture.                   , a national  banking association headquartered  in
              , will be the Indenture Trustee.
 
   
    The  Owner Trust  will issue  $        aggregate  principal amount  of     %
Receivable-Backed Notes,  Class A  (the "Class  A  Notes"), $          aggregate
principal amount of    % Receivable-Backed Notes, Class B (the "Class B Notes"),
and  $      aggregate principal amount  of    % Receivable-Backed Notes, Class C
(the "Class C  Notes"), pursuant to  the Indenture.  The Class A  Notes will  be
senior  in right of payment  to the Class B  and Class C Notes,  and the Class B
Notes will be senior in right of payment  to the Class C Notes. The Owner  Trust
will  also issue two classes of  certificates of beneficial interest, the Equity
Certificates and the Equipment Certificate, which are not being offered  hereby.
The  Equipment  Certificate  will represent  an  undivided interest  in,  and be
payable solely from, the Equipment and certain amounts derived from the sale  or
other  disposition of the Equipment upon expiration or termination (including an
early termination or  liquidation) of  the related Contracts  and certain  other
amounts  as described herein. Amounts payable  on the Equipment Certificate will
not be available  for payment  of interest  and principal  on the  Notes. It  is
expected  that the  Equity Certificates  will initially  represent the  right to
receive principal in  an amount equal  to approximately 4%  of the Cut-Off  Date
Contract  Pool Principal  Balance, together with  interest thereon  at     % per
annum, payable  from  Pledged  Revenues  in the  priority  described  under  "--
Distributions" below.
    
 
    Payments  on the Notes will be made by the Indenture Trustee on each Payment
Date to persons in whose names the Notes are registered as of the related Record
Date (the "Holders" or  "Noteholders"). The Payment Date  for the Notes will  be
the     day of each  month (or if  such    day is  not a Business  Day, the next
succeeding Business Day), commencing  in October 1996. The  Record Date for  any
Payment Date will be the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date (so
long as the Notes are held in the book-entry form), or the last day of the prior
calendar month (if Definitive Notes have been issued).
 
   
    A  "Business Day"  is any day  (other than  a Saturday and  Sunday) on which
commercial banks in New York City and          are open for regular business.
    
 
   
    Each Class of  Notes initially  will be represented  by one  or more  global
Notes  (the  "Global  Notes") registered  in  the  name of  the  nominee  of DTC
(together with any successor depository  selected by the Indenture Trustee,  the
"Depository"),  except as set forth below. Beneficial interests in each Class of
Notes will be  available for  purchase in  minimum denominations  of $1,000  and
integral  multiples of  $1,000 in  excess thereof  in book-entry  form only. The
Depositor has  been informed  by  DTC that  DTC's nominee  will  be Cede  &  Co.
Accordingly,  Cede & Co.  is expected to be  the Holder of  record of the Notes.
Unless and until  Definitive Notes  are issued under  the limited  circumstances
described herein, no Note Owner acquiring an interest in any Class of Notes will
be  entitled to receive a certificate representing such Note Owner's interest in
such Notes. Until such time, all references herein to actions by Noteholders  of
any  Class  of  Notes  will  refer  to  actions  taken  by  the  Depository upon
instructions from its participating organizations  and all references herein  to
distributions,  notices, reports and  statements to Noteholders  of any Class of
Notes will  refer  to distributions,  notices,  reports and  statements  to  the
Depository  or its nominee, as the registered Holder of the Notes of such Class,
for  distribution  to  Note  Owners  of  such  Class  in  accordance  with   the
Depository's  procedures. See  "-- Book-Entry  Registration" and  "-- Definitive
Notes."
    
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
   
    Principal of and interest on the  Notes and the Equity Certificates will  be
paid  on each Payment Date solely from, and secured by, the Amount Available for
such Payment Date, which is equal to: (1) the sum
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
   
of (a) those Pledged  Revenues on deposit  in the Collection  Account as of  the
last  Business Day preceding the related Determination Date (the "Deposit Date")
(i) which were received by the Servicer during the preceding calendar month (the
"Collection Period") or which represent amounts paid by TCC or the Depositor  to
purchase Contracts and related Equipment as of the end of such Collection Period
("Related  Collection Period Pledged Revenues"), or (ii) to the extent necessary
to pay interest on the Notes and  the Equity Certificates on such Payment  Date,
which  were  received by  the Servicer  after  such Collection  Period ("Current
Collection Period Pledged  Revenues" and, together  with the Related  Collection
Period  Pledged Revenues,  the "Available  Pledged Revenues"),  plus (b) amounts
permitted to  be  withdrawn  therefor  from  the  Cash  Collateral  Account,  as
described  under  "--  Cash  Collateral Account"  below,  less  (2)  the related
Servicing Fee as described in clause (i) of the second succeeding paragraph.
    
 
   
    "Pledged Revenues" will consist of (i) "Scheduled Payments" on the Contracts
(which will  consist  of all  payments  under  the Contracts  other  than  those
portions  of such payments which, under the  Contracts, are to be (A) applied by
the Servicer to the payment of insurance premiums, maintenance, taxes and  other
similar   obligations,  or   (B)  retained  by   the  Servicer   in  payment  of
Administrative Fees) received on  or after the Cut-Off  Date and due during  the
term  of  the  Contracts, without  giving  effect to  end-of-term  extensions or
renewals thereof  (including  all  Scheduled  Payments due  prior  to,  but  not
received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but excluding any Scheduled Payments due on or
after,  but received prior to, the Cut-Off Date); (ii) any voluntary prepayments
("Prepayments") received  on or  after  the Cut-Off  Date under  the  Contracts,
provided  that the  amount, if  any, by  which any  such Prepayment  exceeds the
Required Payoff  Amount of  the  related Contract  will not  constitute  Pledged
Revenues;  (iii) any amounts paid  by TCC to purchase  Contracts and the related
Equipment due  to  a  breach  of representations  and  warranties  with  respect
thereto,  as described  under "The  Contracts --  Representations and Warranties
Made by TCC,"  or by the  Depositor to  purchase the Contracts  and the  related
Equipment, as described under "-- Optional Purchase of Contracts" below, in each
case  excluding those  portions thereof  attributable to  the Book  Value of the
Equipment, (iv) certain  of the  proceeds derived  from the  liquidation of  the
Contracts   and  the  related  Equipment,  as  described  under  "--  Liquidated
Contracts" below; and (v) any earnings on the investment of amounts credited  to
the Collection Account.
    
 
   
    On  each Payment Date,  the Indenture Trustee  will be required  to make the
following payments,  first, from  Related  Collection Period  Pledged  Revenues,
second,  to  the  extent  the Related  Collection  Period  Pledged  Revenues are
insufficient to pay interest on the  Notes and the Equity Certificiates on  such
Payment  Date,  the amount  necessary to  cure  such insufficiency  from Current
Collection Period Pledged Revenues and third  (but only as to amounts  described
in  clause  (ii) and  certain amounts  included in  clause (iii)),  from amounts
permitted to be withdrawn  from the Cash Collateral  Account as described  under
"-- Cash Collateral Account" below, in the following order of priority:
    
 
   
     (i)
    
       the Servicing Fee to the Servicer;
 
   
     (ii)
       interest  on the Notes and the Equity Certificates in the following order
       of priority:
    
 
       (a) interest on the  Class A  Notes (including any  overdue interest  and
           interest thereon),
 
       (b) interest  on the  Class B Notes  (including any  overdue interest and
           interest thereon),
 
   
       (c) interest on the  Class C  Notes (including any  overdue interest  and
           interest thereon), and
    
 
       (d) interest  on the Equity Certificates  (including any overdue interest
           and interest thereon);
 
   
    (iii)
       an amount equal to the Monthly Principal Amount, as of such Payment Date,
       in respect of principal on the  Notes and the Equity Certificates in  the
       priority described under "-- Principal" below; and
    
 
   
    (iv)
       the  remainder, if any, to the Cash  Collateral Account, to be applied in
       the manner described under "-- Cash Collateral Account" below.
    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
CLASS A INTEREST
 
   
    Interest will be paid to  the Holders of the Class  A Notes on each  Payment
Date,  to the extent the Amount Available is sufficient therefor, at the Class A
Interest Rate on  the then outstanding  Class A Principal  Balance, and will  be
calculated  on the basis of  a 360-day year consisting  of twelve 30-day months.
Such interest so paid on such Payment  Date will be equal to one-twelfth of  the
product  of (i) the Class A Interest Rate and (ii) the related Class A Principal
Balance as of  the immediately preceding  Payment Date (after  giving effect  to
reductions  in  the  related  Class  A  Principal  Balance  on  such immediately
preceding Payment Date).  Interest on  the Class A  Notes will  accrue from  and
including  September   , 1996, to but excluding  October  , 1996 (in the case of
the first interest period), and thereafter for each successive Payment Date from
and including the  most recent  prior Payment Date  to which  interest has  been
paid, to but excluding such Payment Date.
    
 
    In the event that, on a particular Payment Date, the Amount Available is not
sufficient to make a full distribution of interest to the Holders of the Class A
Notes,  the amount  of such  deficiency, together  with interest  thereon at the
Class A Interest  Rate, to the  extent permitted by  law, will be  added to  the
amount  such Holders will be entitled to receive as interest on the next Payment
Date.
 
CLASS B INTEREST
 
   
    Interest will be paid to  the Holders of the Class  B Notes on each  Payment
Date,  to the extent  the remaining Amount Available  (after taking into account
any prior applications described under  "-- Distributions" above) is  sufficient
therefor, at the Class B Interest Rate on the then outstanding Class B Principal
Balance,  and will be  calculated on the  basis of a  360-day year consisting of
twelve 30-day months. Such interest so paid  on such Payment Date will be  equal
to  one-twelfth of  the product of  (i) the Class  B Interest Rate  and (ii) the
Class B Principal Balance  as of the immediately  preceding Payment Date  (after
giving effect to reductions in the Class B Principal Balance on such immediately
preceding  Payment Date).  Interest on  the Class B  Notes will  accrue from and
including September   , 1996, to but  excluding October  , 1996 (in the case  of
the first interest period), and thereafter for each successive Payment Date from
and  including the  most recent  prior Payment Date  to which  interest has been
paid, to but excluding such Payment Date.
    
 
    In the  event that,  on  a particular  Payment  Date, the  remaining  Amount
Available  is not  sufficient to  make a  full distribution  of interest  to the
Holders of Class B Notes, the amount of such deficiency, together with  interest
thereon  at the Class B  Interest Rate, to the extent  permitted by law, will be
carried forward and added to the amount such Holders will be entitled to receive
as interest on the next Payment Date.
 
CLASS C INTEREST
 
   
    Interest will be paid to  the Holders of the Class  C Notes on each  Payment
Date,  to the extent  the remaining Amount Available  (after taking into account
any prior applications described under  "-- Distributions" above) is  sufficient
therefor, at the Class C Interest Rate on the then outstanding Class C Principal
Balance,  and will be  calculated on the  basis of a  360-day year consisting of
twelve 30-day months. Such interest so paid  on such Payment Date will be  equal
to  one-twelfth of the  product of (i) the  Class C Interest  Rate, and (ii) the
Class C Principal Balance  as of the immediately  preceding Payment Date  (after
giving effect to reductions in the Class C Principal Balance on such immediately
preceding  Payment Date).  Interest on  the Class C  Notes will  accrue from and
including September  , 1996 to but excluding October  , 1996 (in the case of the
first interest period), and thereafter for each successive Payment Date from and
including the most recent prior Payment Date to which interest has been paid, to
but excluding such Payment Date.
    
 
    In the  event that,  on  a particular  Payment  Date, the  remaining  Amount
Available  is not  sufficient to  make a  full distribution  of interest  to the
Holders of Class C Notes, the amount of such deficiency, together with  interest
thereon  at the Class C  Interest Rate, to the extent  permitted by law, will be
carried forward and added to the amount such Holders will be entitled to receive
as interest on the next Payment Date.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
PRINCIPAL
 
   
    To the extent the remaining Amount Available (after taking into account  any
prior  applications  described  under "--  Distributions"  above)  is sufficient
therefor, the  amount of  principal  to be  paid on  the  Notes and  the  Equity
Certificates  on  each Payment  Date will  equal  the Monthly  Principal Amount.
Principal payable on the Notes will be paid  in respect of the Class A Notes  on
each  Payment Date until the Class A Principal Balance has been reduced to zero,
then in respect of principal  on the Class B Notes  until the Class B  Principal
Balance  has been reduced to zero, and then in respect of principal on the Class
C Notes until the Class C Principal Balance has been reduced to zero. Commencing
on the first Payment Date, however,    % of the Monthly Principal Amount will be
payable on the  Equity Certificates until  the aggregate amount  so paid  equals
$         .
    
 
   
    The  "Monthly  Principal Amount"  for any  Payment Date  will equal  (i) the
difference between (a) the aggregate of  the Contract Principal Balances of  the
Contracts  (the "Contract  Pool Principal  Balance") as of  the last  day of the
Collection Period relating to  the prior Payment  Date (or, in  the case of  the
first  Payment Date, the Cut-Off Date  Contract Pool Principal Balance), and (b)
the Contract Pool Principal Balance as of the last day of the Collection  Period
relating  to such Payment Date,  plus (ii) any portion  of the Monthly Principal
Amount for  the  prior Payment  Date  that was  not  distributed in  respect  of
principal on the Notes or the Equity Certificates, as appropriate, on such prior
Payment Date.
    
 
   
    The  "Contract Principal Balance" of any Contract  as of the last day of any
Collection Period is (1) in the case  of a Lease Contract, the present value  of
the  unpaid Scheduled Payments due on such Lease Contract after such last day of
the Collection Period (excluding all Scheduled Payments due on or prior to,  but
not  received as of, such last day, as  well as any Scheduled Payments due after
such last day and received on or  prior thereto) discounted monthly at the  rate
of     % per annum (and assuming  that each Scheduled Payment is due on the last
day of  the  applicable Collection  Period),  and (2)  in  the case  of  a  Loan
Contract,  the remaining scheduled principal balance of such Loan Contract after
giving effect to  Scheduled Payments due  on or prior  to such last  day of  the
Collection  Period, whether or not  paid, as well as  any Scheduled Payments due
after such last  day and received  on or prior  thereto. The Contract  Principal
Balance  of any Contract which, during  a Collection Period, became a Liquidated
Contract or was required to be purchased by TCC as of the end of such Collection
Period due to a breach of representations and warranties, will, for purposes  of
computing  the Monthly Principal Amount for  the related Payment Date, be deemed
to be zero on and after the last day of such Collection Period.
    
 
    A "Liquidated  Contract" is  any  Contract (a)  with  respect to  which  the
Servicer  has repossessed  and disposed of  the related  Equipment, or otherwise
collected all proceeds which, in the Servicer's judgment, can be collected under
such Contract, or (b) which is delinquent 180 days or more.
 
   
    The "Collection Period"  for any  Payment Date  will be  the calendar  month
preceding the month in which such Payment Date occurs.
    
 
   
    The  "Cut-Off  Date Contract  Pool Principal  Balance"  will equal:  (I) the
aggregate of the Contract Principal Balances of the Contracts as of the  Cut-Off
Date,  plus (II) the aggregate amount of Scheduled Payments on the Contracts due
prior to, but not received as of, the Cut-Off Date. The aggregate of the initial
principal balances of the Notes and the Equity Certificates will be equal to  or
less than the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool Principal Balance.
    
 
SPECIAL REDEMPTION OF THE NOTES
 
   
    If  the Merger has  not been consummated by  September   ,  1996, all of the
Notes shall be  redeemed and paid  in full  on September    , 1996,  or on  such
earlier  date  as the  Depositor  may elect  upon  giving the  Indenture Trustee
written notice  thereof at  least five  Business Days  prior to  such date  (the
"Special  Redemption  Date"), at  a  redemption price  (the  "Special Redemption
Price") which is  equal to (i)  in respect of  any Class of  Notes, the  initial
offering  price  of such  Class of  Notes as  shown  on the  cover page  of this
Prospectus  plus  (ii)  interest  on  such  initial  offering  price  from  (and
including)  the Closing Date to (but  excluding) the Special Redemption Date, at
the rate of 10% per annum (calculated  on the basis of a 360-day year  comprised
of    twelve    30-day    months).    The    Special    Redemption    Price   in
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
respect of the  Notes will be  paid from the  amounts on deposit  in the  Escrow
Account  as described  under "The  Depositor and  the Owner  Trust --  The Owner
Trust," which amounts will be sufficient (without regard to any proceeds of  the
investment  thereof)  to so  pay  the Special  Redemption  Price on  the Special
Redemption Date.
    
 
   
    If the  Merger is  consummated  on or  prior  to September     ,  1996,  the
Contracts, the Depositor's interest in the related Equipment and the other Trust
Assets  will be transferred  by the Depositor  to the Owner  Trust on the Merger
Consummation Date and the amounts on deposit in the Escrow Account will be  paid
over to the Depositor as described under "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
    In the event of a Special Redemption, for so long as the Notes are listed on
the  Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the Servicer shall provide public notice of such
redemption in Luxembourg by publication in a newspaper of general publication in
Luxembourg, expected  to  be  the  "Luxembourg Wort,"  as  soon  as  practicable
following  the Special Redemption Date  but in no event  more than five Business
Days thereafter.
 
SUBORDINATION OF CLASS B AND CLASS C NOTES AND EQUITY CERTIFICATES
 
    The likelihood  of  payment of  interest  on each  Class  of Notes  will  be
enhanced  by the  application of  the Amount  Available to  the payment  of such
interest prior to the  payment of principal  on any of the  Notes or the  Equity
Certificates,  as well as by  the preferential right of  the Holders of Notes of
each such Class to receive such interest (1)  in the case of the Class A  Notes,
prior  to the payment of any interest on the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes or
the Equity Certificates,  (2) in the  case of the  Class B Notes,  prior to  the
payment of any interest on the Class C Notes or the Equity Certificates, and (3)
in  the case of the Class  C Notes, prior to the  payment of any interest on the
Equity Certificates. Likewise, the  likelihood of payment  of principal on  each
Class  of Notes  will be enhanced  by the  preferential right of  the Holders of
Notes of each such Class to receive such principal, to the extent of the  Amount
Available  after payment of interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates as
aforesaid, (i) in the  case of the Class  A Notes, prior to  the payment of  any
principal  on the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes or (except as described under
"-- Principal" above) the Equity Certificates, (ii)  in the case of the Class  B
Notes,  prior to the payment of any principal on the Class C Notes or (except as
described under "-- Principal" above) the Equity Certificates, and (iii) in  the
case  of the Class C Notes, prior to  the payment of any principal on the Equity
Certificates, except as described under "-- Principal" above.
 
CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT
 
   
    The Cash Collateral Account  will be established on  or prior to the  Merger
Consummation Date and will thereafter be available to the Indenture Trustee. The
Cash  Collateral Account will initially be funded in an  amount equal to    % of
the Contract  Pool  Principal Balance  as  of the  Cut-Off  Date  (approximately
$       ).  Amounts on deposit from time to  time in the Cash Collateral Account
(up to, but  not in excess  of, the  Requisite Amount described  below, and  not
including  any investment  earnings on  such funds)  shall be  used to  fund the
following amounts in the following order of priority (to the extent that amounts
on deposit in  the Collection Account  as of any  Deposit Date are  insufficient
therefor  and provided  that any  such insufficiency  has resulted,  directly or
indirectly, from delinquencies  and/or defaults  on the Contracts):  (i) to  pay
interest  on the  Notes and  the Equity Certificates  in the  following order of
priority: (a) interest on the Class A Notes (including any overdue interest  and
interest  thereon), (b)  interest on  the Class  B Notes  (including any overdue
interest and interest thereon), (c) interest on the Class C Notes (including any
overdue  interest  and  interest  thereon),  and  (d)  interest  on  the  Equity
Certificates  (including any overdue interest and interest thereon); (ii) to pay
any Principal Deficiency Amount (equal to the lesser of (a) the Current Realized
Losses on Liquidated  Contracts for  the related  Collection Period  or (b)  the
excess,  if any,  of (A) the  aggregate principal  balance of the  Notes and the
Equity Certificates (after giving effect to all other distributions of principal
on such Payment Date), over (B) the aggregate of the Required Payoff Amounts for
all Contracts as of the last day of the related Collection Period), and (iii) to
pay principal on  the Notes  and Equity  Certificates at  the applicable  Stated
Maturity Date thereof.
    
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
   
    "Current  Realized Losses" means, as to any Liquidated Contract, the excess,
if any, of (1) the  Required Payoff Amount of such  Contract as of the month  in
which  such Contract became a Liquidated Contract,  over (2) that portion of the
Liquidation Proceeds for such Liquidated Contract allocated to the Notes and the
Equity Certificates as described under "-- Liquidated Contracts" below).
    
 
   
    The "Required Payoff Amount," with respect to any Collection Period for  any
Contract,  is  equal  to the  sum  of: (i)  the  Scheduled Payment  due  in such
Collection Period, together with any Scheduled Payments due in prior  Collection
Periods  and not yet received, plus (ii)  the Contract Principal Balance of such
Contract as of the last day of such Collection Period (after taking into account
the Scheduled Payment due in such Collection Period).
    
 
   
    If and to  the extent  that the  amount on  deposit in  the Cash  Collateral
Account  as of  any Payment  Date is  less than  the Requisite  Amount (which is
defined as being an amount equal  to approximately $       , subject to  certain
adjustments),  then such deficiency is to  be restored from the remaining Amount
Available, after payment of interest and  principal on the Notes and the  Equity
Certificates  as described under "-- Distributions" above. Any amount on deposit
in the  Cash Collateral  Account in  excess  of the  Requisite Amount,  and  all
investment  earnings on funds  in the Cash Collateral  Account, will be released
from the Cash Collateral Account and paid to or upon the order of the Depositor,
and will  not  be  available  to  make payments  on  the  Notes  or  the  Equity
Certificates.
    
 
    The  Cash  Collateral Account  must  be an  Eligible  Account, and  funds on
deposit in the Cash Collateral Account will be invested in Eligible  Investments
(each as defined under "-- Trust Accounts" below).
 
   
LIQUIDATED CONTRACTS
    
 
   
    Liquidation  Proceeds received with respect to a Liquidated Contract and the
related Equipment (which will  be reduced by  any related liquidation  expenses)
will  be allocated as follows:  (i) with respect to  any Loan Contract, all such
Liquidation Proceeds will be allocated to the Notes and the Equity Certificates;
and (ii) with respect to any  Lease Contract, such Liquidation Proceeds will  be
allocated  on a  pro rata  basis between the  Equipment Certificate,  on the one
hand,  and  the  Notes  and  the  Equity  Certificates,  on  the  other,   based
respectively  on (a) the "Book Value" of  the Equipment (which is a fixed amount
equal to the value of the Equipment as shown on the accounting books and records
of TCC as of the Cut-Off Date) and (b) the Required Payoff Amount for such Lease
Contract; provided that  in no  event will  the amount  of Liquidation  Proceeds
allocated  to the Notes  and the Equity Certificates  exceed the Required Payoff
Amount. All Liquidation  Proceeds which are  so allocable to  the Notes and  the
Equity  Certificates will be deposited in  the Collection Account and constitute
Pledged Revenues to be applied to the  payment of interest and principal on  the
Notes  and the Equity  Certificates in accordance  with the priorities described
under "-- Distributions" above.
    
 
OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF CONTRACTS
 
   
    The Depositor may purchase all of the Contracts and the related Equipment on
any Payment Date following the date on which the unpaid principal balance of the
Notes and the Equity Certificates  is equal to 10% or  less of the Cut-Off  Date
Contract  Pool Principal  Balance. The purchase  price to be  paid in connection
with such purchase shall be  at least equal to  the unpaid principal balance  of
the  Notes and the Equity Certificates as  of such Payment Date plus interest to
be paid on the Notes and the Equity Certificates on such Payment Date, plus  the
Book  Value of the Equipment. The proceeds  of such purchase shall be applied on
such Payment Date  (1) as to  such proceeds in  an amount necessary  to pay  the
principal  and interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates, to the payment
of the remaining  principal balance on  the Notes and  the Equity  Certificates,
together  with interest thereon, and (2) as  to the balance of such proceeds, to
the payment of amounts on the Equipment Certificate.
    
 
TRUST ACCOUNTS
 
    The Indenture  Trustee  will  establish and  maintain  under  the  Indenture
segregated  trust accounts (which need not  be deposit accounts, but which shall
constitute "Eligible Accounts"), consisting of the
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
"Collection  Account"  and  the  "Escrow  Account"  (collectively,  the   "Trust
Accounts").  An "Eligible  Account" means  any account  which is  (i) an account
maintained with an Eligible Institution (as  defined below); (ii) an account  or
accounts  the deposits in which  are fully insured by  either the Bank Insurance
Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund of the FDIC; (iii) a  "segregated
trust  account" maintained with  the corporate trust department  of a federal or
state chartered depository institution  or trust company  with trust powers  and
acting in its fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee, which
depository  institution or  trust company has  capital and surplus  (or, if such
depository institution  or trust  company  is a  subsidiary  of a  bank  holding
company  system, the bank holding  company has capital and  surplus) of not less
than $50,000,000  and the  securities of  such depository  institution or  trust
company  (or, if such depository institution or trust company is a subsidiary of
a bank  holding  company  system  and such  depository  institution's  or  trust
company's  securities are not rated, the securities of the bank holding company)
have an acceptable credit rating from each  of the Rating Agencies (if rated  by
such Rating Agency); or (iv) an account that will not cause any Rating Agency to
downgrade  or withdraw its  then-current rating assigned to  the Notes or Equity
Certificates,  as  confirmed  in  writing  by  such  Rating  Agency.   "Eligible
Institution"  means any depository  institution organized under  the laws of the
United States or any state, the deposits of which are insured to the full extent
permitted by  law by  the Bank  Insurance Fund  (currently administered  by  the
Federal  Deposit Insurance Corporation), whose  short-term deposits or unsecured
long-term debt have an acceptable credit rating from each of the Rating Agencies
(if rated  by such  Rating Agency),  and  which is  subject to  supervision  and
examination by federal or state authorities.
    
 
   
    The  Servicer,  as  agent  for  the  Indenture  Trustee,  may  designate, or
otherwise arrange for the purchase by  the Indenture Trustee of, investments  to
be  made with funds in  the Trust Accounts, which  investments shall be Eligible
Investments (as defined in  the Indenture) that will  mature not later than  the
business   day  preceding   the  applicable  monthly   Payment  Date.  "Eligible
Investments" include, among other investments, obligations of the United  States
or  of any  agency thereof  backed by the  full faith  and credit  of the United
States; federal  funds,  certificates of  deposit,  time deposits  and  bankers'
acceptances   sold  by  eligible   financial  institutions;  certain  repurchase
agreements with  eligible institutions  and other  investments which  would  not
result  in the downgrading  or withdrawal of  any rating of  the Notes or Equity
Certificates by any Rating Agency.
    
 
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
 
    The Servicer  will  furnish to  the  Indenture Trustee,  and  the  Indenture
Trustee  will include  with each  distribution to  a Noteholder,  a statement in
respect of the related Payment Date setting forth, among other things:
 
           (i)
           the amount  of interest  paid on  the Class  A Notes,  including  any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class A Notes;
 
          (ii)
           the  amount  of interest  paid on  the Class  B Notes,  including any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class B Notes;
 
         (iii)
           the amount  of interest  paid on  the Class  C Notes,  including  any
           unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any remaining unpaid
           interest on the Class C Notes;
 
          (iv)
           the amount of principal paid on the Class A Notes;
 
           (v)
           the amount of principal paid on the Class B Notes;
 
          (vi)
           the amount of principal paid on the Class C Notes;
 
         (vii)
           the Principal Deficiency Amount, if any, for such Payment Date;
 
        (viii)
           the  amount of  interest and  principal (if  any) paid  on the Equity
           Certificates; and
 
          (ix)
           the Requisite Amount of the Cash Collateral Account and the amount on
           deposit in the Cash  Collateral Account (after  giving effect to  any
           deposits and withdrawals to be made on the Payment Date).
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
   
    The Notes will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC and will not be
registered in the names of the beneficial owners or their nominees. As a result,
unless  and  until  Definitive Notes  are  issued in  the  limited circumstances
described under  "-- Definitive  Notes"  below, beneficial  owners will  not  be
recognized  by the Indenture Trustee as Noteholders, as that term is used in the
Indenture. Hence, until such  time, beneficial owners  will receive reports  and
other  information provided  for under  the Indenture only  if, when  and to the
extent provided by DTC and its participating organizations.
    
 
   
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
    
 
   
    Each Class of  Notes will  initially be represented  by one  or more  Global
Notes  registered in  the name  of the  nominee of  DTC. The  Depositor has been
informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co. Noteholders may hold their
Notes through DTC (in the United States) or Cedel Bank or Euroclear (in Europe),
which in  turn  hold through  DTC,  if they  are  participants of  such  systems
("Participants"),  or indirectly through organizations  that are participants in
such systems. Cedel Bank and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf  of
the  Cedel  Bank  Participants  and  the  Euroclear  Participants, respectively,
through customers' securities accounts in Cedel Bank's and Euroclear's names  on
the  books of  their respective depositories  (collectively, the "Depositories")
which in turn will hold such positions in customers' securities accounts in  the
Depositories' names on the books of DTC.
    
 
   
    DTC  is a New York-chartered limited-purpose  trust company, a member of the
Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation"  within the meaning of the  UCC
in  effect in the State of New York, and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant
to the provisions of Section 17A of  the Exchange Act. DTC holds securities  for
its   Participants  ("DTC  Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and
settlement among Participants of securities transactions, such as transfers  and
pledges,  in  deposited  securities  through  electronic  book-entry  changes in
Participants' accounts, thereby  eliminating the need  for physical movement  of
securities.  Participants include  securities brokers and  dealers, banks, trust
companies, clearing  corporations,  and certain  other  organizations.  Indirect
access  to the DTC system is also available to others such as securities brokers
and dealers,  banks,  and trust  companies  that  clear through  or  maintain  a
custodial  relationship  with  a  Participant,  either  directly  or  indirectly
("Indirect Participants"). The rules applicable to DTC and its Participants  are
on file with the Commission.
    
 
    Transfers  between DTC Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between Cedel Bank Participants and Euroclear Participants will  occur
in  the ordinary  way in  accordance with  their applicable  rules and operating
procedures.
 
   
    Cross-market  transfers  between  persons  holding  directly  or  indirectly
through  DTC in the United  States, on the one  hand, and directly or indirectly
through Cedel Bank  Participants or  Euroclear Participants on  the other  hand,
will  be effected  through DTC  in accordance  with DTC  rules on  behalf of the
relevant European international clearing system by its Depository; however, such
cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to the  relevant
European  international clearing  system by the  counterparty in  such system in
accordance with its rules  and procedures and  within its established  deadlines
(European  time). The relevant  European international clearing  system will, if
the transaction meets its settlement  requirements, deliver instructions to  its
Depository to take action to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering
or  receiving securities in  DTC, and making or  receiving payment in accordance
with normal procedures for  same-day funds settlement  applicable to DTC.  Cedel
Bank  Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants  may  not  deliver instructions
directly to the Depositaries.
    
 
   
    Because of time-zone  differences, credits of  securities received in  Cedel
Bank  or Euroclear as a  result of a transaction with  a DTC Participant will be
made during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the  business
day  following the DTC settlement date, and  such credits or any transactions in
such securities settled during such processing will be reported to the  relevant
Cedel  Bank  Participant or  Euroclear Participant  on  such business  day. Cash
received in Cedel Bank  or Euroclear as  a result of sales  of securities by  or
through a Cedel Bank Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a DTC Participant
will  be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in
the relevant Cedel Bank or  Euroclear cash account only  as of the business  day
following settlement in DTC. For
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
   
additional  information regarding  clearance and settlement  procedures and with
respect to tax documentation procedures,  see "Global Clearance, Settlement  and
Tax Documentation Procedures" and "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation
Requirements" in Appendix A.
    
 
   
    Note Owners that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but desire to
purchase,  sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interests in, Notes
may do so only through Participants and Indirect Participants. Note Owners  will
receive  all distributions from  the Indenture Trustee  through Participants and
Indirect Participants. Note Owners may experience some delay in their receipt of
payments, since such  payments will  be forwarded  by the  Indenture Trustee  to
DTC's  nominee.  DTC  will  forward such  payments  to  its  Participants, which
thereafter will  forward them  to  Indirect Participants  or Note  Owners.  Note
Owners  will not be recognized by the  Indenture Trustee as Noteholders and Note
Owners will be permitted to exercise  the rights of Noteholders only  indirectly
through DTC and its Participants.
    
 
   
    Under  the rules, regulations and procedures  creating and affecting DTC and
its operations (the "Rules"),  DTC is required to  make book-entry transfers  of
Notes  among Participants on whose behalf it  acts with respect to the Notes and
to  receive  and  transmit  distributions  of  amounts  payable  on  the  Notes.
Participants  and  Indirect Participants  with which  Note Owners  have accounts
similarly are required  to make  book-entry transfers and  receive and  transmit
such  payments on behalf of their  respective Note Owners. Accordingly, although
Note Owners  will not  possess Notes,  the Rules  provide a  mechanism by  which
Participants will receive payments and will be able to transfer their interests.
    
 
   
    Because  DTC can  act only  on behalf  of Participants,  who in  turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants and certain  banks, the ability of a Note  Owner
to  pledge  Notes to  persons or  entities that  do not  participate in  the DTC
system, or to otherwise act  with respect to such Notes,  may be limited due  to
the lack of a physical certificate for such Notes.
    
 
   
    DTC  has advised the Depositor that it  will take any action permitted to be
taken by a Noteholder under the Indenture, only at the direction of one or  more
Participants  to whose accounts  with DTC the  Notes are credited.  DTC may take
conflicting actions with respect to other undivided interests to the extent that
such actions are  taken on behalf  of Participants whose  holdings include  such
undivided interests.
    
 
   
    Except as required by law, the Depositor, the Owner Trust, and the Indenture
Trustee will not have any liability for any aspect of the records relating to or
payments  made on account of beneficial ownership  interest of the Notes held by
DTC's nominee, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating
to such beneficial ownership interests.
    
 
   
    DTC may discontinue  providing its  services as  securities depository  with
respect  to the Notes at  any time by giving  reasonable notice to the Indenture
Trustee. Under  such circumstances,  in the  event that  a successor  securities
depository  is not  obtained, Definitive  Notes are  required to  be printed and
delivered. See "-- Definitive Notes."
    
 
   
    The information in this section  concerning DTC and DTC's book-entry  system
has  been obtained from sources that the  Depositor believes to be reliable, but
the Depositor takes no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof.
    
 
   
    Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ("Cedel Bank") is incorporated under the laws of
Luxembourg as a  professional depository.  Cedel Bank holds  securities for  its
Participants  ("Cedel  Bank  Participants") and  facilitates  the  clearance and
settlement of securities  transactions between Cedel  Bank Participants  through
electronic  book-entry changes in  accounts of Cedel  Bank Participants, thereby
eliminating the need for  physical movement of  securities. Transactions may  be
settled  by Cedel Bank in numerous  currencies, including United States dollars.
Cedel Bank provides to its Cedel Bank Participants, among other things, services
for safekeeping,  administration, clearance  and settlement  of  internationally
traded  securities and securities  lending and borrowing.  Cedel Bank interfaces
with domestic markets in several countries. As a professional depository,  Cedel
Bank  is subject to regulations by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute. Cedel Bank
Participants  are   recognized   financial  institutions   around   the   world,
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
   
including  underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies,
clearing corporations  and  certain  other organizations  and  may  include  the
Underwriters  of the Notes. Indirect  access to Cedel Bank  is also available to
others, such as banks, brokers, dealers  and trust companies that clear  through
or  maintain  a custodial  relationship with  a  Cedel Bank  Participant, either
directly or indirectly.
    
 
   
    The Euroclear System (the  "Euroclear System") was created  in 1968 to  hold
securities  for participants of the  Euroclear System ("Euroclear Participants")
and to  clear and  settle transactions  between Euroclear  Participants  through
simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating
the  need  for  physical  movement  of securities  and  any  risk  from  lack of
simultaneous transfers of securities and  cash. Transactions may now be  settled
in  numerous currencies, including  United States dollars.  The Euroclear System
includes various other services, including securities lending and borrowing  and
interfaces  with domestic markets in several  countries generally similar to the
arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC described above. The  Euroclear
System  is  operated by  Morgan Guaranty  Trust Company  of New  York, Brussels,
Belgium office (the  "Euroclear Operator" or  "Euroclear"), under contract  with
Euroclear  Clearance  System,  S.C.,  a  Belgian  cooperative  corporation  (the
"Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and  all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with  the Euroclear Operator,  not the Cooperative.  The Cooperative establishes
policy for the Euroclear system  on behalf of Euroclear Participants.  Euroclear
Participants  include banks  (including central  banks), securities  brokers and
dealers and  other professional  financial intermediaries  and may  include  the
Underwriters. Indirect access to the Euroclear System is also available to other
firms  that clear through or maintain  a custodial relationship with a Euroclear
Participant, either directly or indirectly.
    
 
    The Euroclear  Operator  is  the  Belgian  branch  of  a  New  York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated  and examined by the Board of  Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and the  New York  State Banking  Department,  as well  as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.
 
    Securities  clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by  the Terms  and Conditions Governing  Use of  Euroclear and  the
related  Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively, the  "Terms and  Conditions"). The  Terms and  Conditions  govern
transfers  of securities  and cash  within the  Euroclear System,  withdrawal of
securities and cash  from the Euroclear  System, and receipts  of payments  with
respect  to securities in the Euroclear  System. All securities in the Euroclear
System are held on a fungible  basis without attribution of specific  securities
to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms  and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear Participants and has no record
of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.
 
    Distributions with respect  to Notes  held through Cedel  Bank or  Euroclear
will  be credited to the  cash accounts of Cedel  Bank Participants or Euroclear
Participants in accordance with the  relevant system's rules and procedures,  to
the extent received by its Depository. Such distributions will be subject to tax
reporting  in accordance with  relevant United States  tax laws and regulations.
Cedel Bank or the Euroclear  Operator, as the case may  be, will take any  other
action  permitted to be taken by a Noteholder under the Indenture on behalf of a
Cedel Bank Participant or  a Euroclear Participant only  in accordance with  its
relevant  rules and procedures and subject to its Depository's ability to effect
such actions on its behalf through DTC.
 
    Although DTC,  Cedel  Bank  and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to  the  foregoing
procedures  in order to facilitate transfers of Notes among participants of DTC,
Cedel Bank and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
 
    A paying agent  shall be maintained  in respect of  the Notes in  Luxembourg
(the  "Luxembourg Paying  Agent") for  so long  as the  Notes are  listed on the
Luxembourg   Stock    Exchange.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
   
has  been appointed as the initial Luxembourg Paying Agent.             shall be
appointed transfer agent in Luxembourg, with  respect to the Notes, in case  the
Global Notes are replaced by Definitive Notes.
    
 
DEFINITIVE NOTES
 
   
    The  Notes of each Class will be  issued in registered, certificated form to
the Note Owners  of such Class  or their nominees  ("Definitive Notes"),  rather
than  to the Depository or  its nominee, only if  (i) the Depository advises the
Indenture Trustee in writing that it is  no longer willing or able to  discharge
properly  its responsibilities as  Depository with respect to  the Notes of such
Class, and the Indenture Trustee is  unable to locate a qualified successor,  or
(ii) Note Owners representing not less than 50% of the principal balance of such
Class  advise the Indenture  Trustee and the  Depository through Participants in
writing that the continuation of a  book-entry system through the Depository  is
no longer in the best interest of the Note Owners of such Class.
    
 
   
    Upon  the  occurrence of  any  of the  events  described in  the immediately
preceding paragraph, the Depository  is required to  notify all Participants  of
the  availability through the Depository of  Definitive Notes. Upon surrender by
the Depository  of the  definitive  certificate representing  the Notes  of  the
affected  Class and  instructions for  registration, the  Indenture Trustee will
issue the Notes of such Class as Definitive Notes, and thereafter the  Indenture
Trustee  will recognize the Note Owners  of such Definitive Notes as Noteholders
under the Indenture.
    
 
   
    Distributions of principal  and interest on  the Notes will  be made by  the
Indenture  Trustee directly to Noteholders in accordance with the procedures set
forth herein and in the Indenture. Interest payments and any principal  payments
on  each Payment Date will be made  to Noteholders in whose names the Definitive
Notes were  registered at  the close  of business  on the  related Record  Date.
Distributions  will be made by check mailed to the address of such Noteholder as
it appears  on the  register  maintained by  the  Indenture Trustee.  The  final
payment  on any Note, however, will be made only upon presentation and surrender
of such  Note  at  the  office  or agency  specified  in  the  notice  of  final
distribution  to Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee  will provide such notice to
registered Noteholders mailed not later than the fifth day of the month of  such
final distributions.
    
 
   
    Definitive Notes will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices of the
transfer  agent and registrar, which initially will be the Indenture Trustee (in
such  capacity,  the  "Transfer  Agent  and  Registrar")  and  the  offices   of
            which  shall be appointed as transfer agent in Luxembourg in respect
of such Definitive Notes  (the "Luxembourg Transfer  Agent"). No service  charge
will  be imposed for any registration of  transfer or exchange, but the Transfer
Agent and Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax  or
other  governmental charge imposed  in connection therewith.  The Transfer Agent
and Registrar  will not  be required  to register  the transfer  or exchange  of
Definitive  Notes for the period from the Record Date preceding the due date for
any payment to the Payment Date with respect to such Definitive Notes.
    
 
MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE WITHOUT NOTEHOLDER CONSENT
 
   
    The Owner  Trust and  the  Indenture Trustee  may,  without consent  of  the
Noteholders,  enter  into one  or more  supplemental indentures  for any  of the
following purposes: (i) to correct or amplify the description of the  collateral
or  add additional collateral; (ii)  to provide for the  assumption of the Notes
and the Indenture obligations  by a permitted successor  to the Owner Trust  (as
described  under "-- Certain Covenants"); (iii)  to add additional covenants for
the benefit of the  Noteholders, or to surrender  any rights or power  conferred
upon  the Owner Trust; (iv) to convey,  transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any
property to or with the Indenture Trustee; (v) to cure any ambiguity or  correct
or  supplement any provision  in the Indenture or  in any supplemental indenture
which may be  inconsistent with any  other provision of  the Indenture; (vi)  to
provide  for the acceptance of the  appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee
or to  add to  or  change any  of the  provisions  of the  Indenture or  in  any
supplemental  indenture as  shall be necessary  and permitted  to facilitate the
administration by more than  one trustee; (vii) to  modify, eliminate or add  to
the  provisions of the Indenture in order to comply with the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended; and (viii) to avoid a reduction or withdrawal of any rating
of the Notes.
    
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE WITH NOTEHOLDER CONSENT
 
    With the consent  of the Holders  representing a majority  of the  principal
balance  of each Class  of the Notes  then outstanding (a  "Note Majority"), the
Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee may execute a supplemental indenture  to
add  provisions to  change in  any manner  or eliminate  any provisions  of, the
Indenture, or modify in any manner the rights of the Noteholders.
 
   
    Without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby,
however, no  supplemental  indenture  may:  (i)  change  the  due  date  of  any
installment  of principal  of or  interest on any  Note or  reduce the principal
amount thereof, the interest rate specified thereon or the redemption price with
respect thereto or  change the  manner of calculating  any such  payment or  any
place  of payment  where, or  the coin  or currency  in which,  any Note  or any
interest thereon is  payable; (ii) impair  the right to  institute suit for  the
enforcement  of  certain provisions  of the  Indenture regarding  payment; (iii)
reduce the percentage of each Class of the Notes then outstanding the consent of
the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental indenture or for  any
waiver  of compliance  with certain  provisions of  the Indenture  or of certain
defaults thereunder and their consequences; (iv) modify or alter the  provisions
of  the Indenture  regarding the voting  of Notes  held by the  Owner Trust, any
other obligor on the Notes,  the Depositor or an affiliate  of any of them;  (v)
reduce  the  percentage of  the Notes  the consent  of the  Holders of  which is
required to  direct the  Indenture  Trustee to  sell  or liquidate  the  Pledged
Revenues if the proceeds of such sale would be insufficient to pay the principal
amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes; (vi) reduce the
percentage  of each Class  of the Notes  then outstanding required  to amend the
sections of the Indenture which specify the applicable percentage of each  Class
of  the Notes then outstanding necessary to amend the Indenture or certain other
related agreements; (vii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on
a parity with the lien  of the Indenture with respect  to any of the  collateral
for  the  Notes  or,  except  as  otherwise  permitted  or  contemplated  in the
Indenture, terminate the lien of the Indenture on any such collateral or deprive
the Holder of any Note of the security afforded by the lien of the Indenture; or
(viii) result in a reduction or withdrawal  of the rating of any Class of  Notes
by a Rating Agency, as confirmed in writing by each Rating Agency.
    
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
 
   
    "Events  of Default" under the Indenture will  consist of: (i) a default for
five days or more in  the payment of interest due  on any Note; (ii) failure  to
pay  the unpaid principal  amount of any  Class of Notes  on the Stated Maturity
Date for such Class;  (iii) a default  in the observance  or performance in  any
material  respect of any  covenant or agreement  of the Owner  Trust made in the
Indenture, or any  representation or  warranty made by  the Owner  Trust in  the
Indenture  or in  any certificate  delivered pursuant  thereto or  in connection
therewith having been incorrect as of the time made, and the continuation of any
such default or the failure to cure such breach of a representation or  warranty
for  a period of 30 days after notice thereof is given to the Owner Trust by the
Indenture Trustee or to the Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee by the Holders
of at least  25% in  principal amount  of the  Notes then  outstanding; or  (iv)
certain  events of  bankruptcy, insolvency,  receivership or  liquidation of the
Owner Trust.
    
 
    If an Event of Default  should occur and be  continuing with respect to  the
Notes, the Indenture Trustee or a Note Majority may declare the principal of the
Notes  to be  immediately due and  payable. Such declaration  may, under certain
circumstances, be rescinded by a Note Majority.
 
    If the  Notes have  been declared  due  and payable  following an  Event  of
Default,  the Indenture Trustee may institute proceedings to collect amounts due
or foreclose on Pledged Revenues, exercise remedies as a secured party, sell the
related Pledged Revenues or elect to have the Owner Trust maintain possession of
the Pledged Revenues and continue to  apply collections on the Pledged  Revenues
as  if there  had been  no declaration  of acceleration.  The Indenture Trustee,
however, will be prohibited from selling the Pledged Revenues following an Event
of Default, unless (i) the Holders of all the outstanding Notes consent to  such
sale; (ii) the proceeds of such sale are sufficient to pay in full the principal
of  and the accrued  interest on all the  outstanding Notes at  the date of such
sale; or (iii) the Indenture Trustee determines that the proceeds of the Pledged
Revenues would not be sufficient on an
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
ongoing basis to  make all payments  on the  Notes as such  payments would  have
become  due if such obligations  had not been declared  due and payable, and the
Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of the Holders of 66 2/3% of the aggregate
outstanding amount  of the  Notes.  Following a  declaration  upon an  Event  of
Default  that the Notes are immediately due and payable, (i) Class A Noteholders
will be entitled to payment of all outstanding principal and accrued but  unpaid
interest  from any proceeds of liquidation  of the Pledged Revenues, followed by
(ii) payment of interest and principal on  the Class B Notes, followed by  (iii)
payment of interest and principal on the Class C Notes, followed by (iv) payment
of interest and principal on the Equity Certificates.
 
    Subject  to the provisions  of the Indenture  relating to the  duties of the
Indenture Trustee,  if  an  Event  of Default  occurs  and  is  continuing,  the
Indenture  Trustee will be under no obligation  to exercise any of the rights or
powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders  of
the  Notes,  if  the  Indenture  Trustee  reasonably  believes  it  will  not be
adequately indemnified against the costs,  expenses and liabilities which  might
be  incurred by it in complying with such request. Subject to the provisions for
indemnification and  certain  limitations contained  in  the Indenture,  a  Note
Majority  will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting
any proceeding or  any remedy  available to the  Indenture Trustee,  and a  Note
Majority may, in certain cases, waive any default with respect thereto, except a
default  in the payment  of principal or interest  or a default  in respect of a
covenant or  provision of  the Indenture  that cannot  be modified  without  the
waiver or consent of all of the Holders of such outstanding Notes.
 
    No  Holder of a  Note will have  the right to  institute any proceeding with
respect to the  Indenture, unless (i)  such Holder previously  has given to  the
Indenture  Trustee written  notice of  a continuing  Event of  Default, (ii) the
Holders of not less than 25% in  principal amount of the outstanding Notes  have
made  written request of  the Indenture Trustee to  institute such proceeding in
its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such Holder or Holders have offered the
Indenture Trustee reasonable indemnity,  (iv) the Indenture  Trustee has for  60
days failed to institute such proceeding, and (v) no direction inconsistent with
such  written request has been given to the Indenture Trustee during such 60-day
period by the  Holders of  a majority in  principal amount  of such  outstanding
Notes.
 
    If  an Event of Default occurs  and is continuing and if  it is known to the
Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee will mail to each Noteholder notice  of
the  Event of Default  within 90 days after  it occurs. Except in  the case of a
failure to pay principal of or interest  on any Note, the Indenture Trustee  may
withhold  the  notice  if  and so  long  as  it determines  in  good  faith that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the Noteholders.
 
    In addition, the  Indenture Trustee  and the Noteholders,  by accepting  the
Notes,  will  covenant that  they will  not  at any  time institute  against the
Depositor or the Owner Trust any bankruptcy, reorganization or other  proceeding
under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.
 
    Neither  the  Indenture  Trustee nor  the  Owner Trustee  in  its individual
capacity, nor any Holder of a Note including, without limitation, the Depositor,
nor any of their respective owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers,  directors,
employees,  affiliates, successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express
agreement to the contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the Notes  or
for any agreement or covenant of the Owner Trust contained in the Indenture.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
   
    The  Indenture will provide that the Owner Trust may not consolidate with or
merge into any other entity, unless (i)  the entity formed by or surviving  such
consolidation  or merger is organized under the laws of the United States or any
state, (ii) such entity expressly assumes the Trust's obligation to make due and
punctual payments upon  the Notes  and the  performance or  observance of  every
agreement and covenant of the Owner Trust under the Indenture, (iii) no Event of
Default  shall have occurred and be  continuing immediately after such merger or
consolidation, (iv) the Owner  Trustee has been advised  that the rating of  the
Notes  and  the Equity  Certificates  then in  effect  would not  be  reduced or
withdrawn by
    
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
   
the Rating Agencies as a result of  such merger or consolidation, (v) the  Owner
Trustee has received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such consolidation
or  merger would have no material adverse  tax consequence to the Owner Trust or
to any Noteholder or Equity Certificateholder.
    
 
    The Owner  Trust will  not,  among other  things,  (i) except  as  expressly
permitted  by the Indenture or the  Trust Agreement, sell, transfer, exchange or
otherwise dispose of any of the assets of the Owner Trust, (ii) claim any credit
on or make any deduction from the  principal and interest payable in respect  of
the  related Notes  (other than  amounts withheld  under the  Code or applicable
state law) or  assert any claim  against any  present or former  Holder of  such
Notes  because of the payment of taxes  levied or assessed upon the Owner Trust,
(iii) dissolve or liquidate  in whole or  in part, (iv)  permit the validity  or
effectiveness  of  the Indenture  to  be impaired  or  permit any  person  to be
released from any covenants or obligations  with respect to the Notes under  the
Indenture  except  as  may be  expressly  permitted  thereby, or  (v)  except as
expressly permitted by the  Indenture, the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement  or
the  Trust Agreement, permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest,
mortgage or other encumbrance to be created  on or extend to or otherwise  arise
upon  or  burden the  assets of  the Owner  Trust  or any  part thereof,  or any
interest therein or proceeds thereof.
 
    The Owner Trust may not engage in any activity other than as specified under
"The Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Owner Trust." The Owner Trust will not
incur, assume or  guarantee any  indebtedness other  than indebtedness  incurred
pursuant  to the  Notes and  the Indenture or  otherwise in  accordance with the
Indenture, the Trust Agreement and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
 
ANNUAL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
 
    The Owner Trust will be required to file annually with the Indenture Trustee
a written  statement  as  to  the  fulfillment  of  its  obligations  under  the
Indenture.
 
INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ANNUAL REPORT
 
    The  Indenture Trustee will be required to mail each year to all Noteholders
a brief report  relating to  its eligibility  and qualification  to continue  as
Indenture  Trustee under the related Indenture, any amounts advanced by it under
the  Indenture,  the  amount,  interest  rate  and  maturity  date  of   certain
indebtedness owing by the Owner Trust to the Indenture Trustee in its individual
capacity,  the property  and funds physically  held by the  Indenture Trustee as
such and any action taken by it  that materially affects the Notes and that  has
not been previously reported.
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
 
    The Indenture will be discharged with respect to the collateral securing the
Notes upon the delivery to the related Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all
such Notes or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the Indenture Trustee
of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all of such Notes.
 
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
 
             will  be the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee may resign at
any time, in which event the Depositor will be obligated to appoint a  successor
trustee.  The Depositor may  also remove the Indenture  Trustee if the Indenture
Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the Indenture or if  the
Indenture  Trustee becomes insolvent. In  such circumstances, the Depositor will
be obligated to appoint a successor  trustee. Any resignation or removal of  the
Indenture  Trustee  and  appointment  of a  successor  trustee  will  not become
effective until acceptance of the appointment by a successor trustee.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
              DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
 
TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS AND EQUIPMENT
 
   
    On  the  Merger  Consummation Date,  the  Originators will  transfer  to the
Depositor pursuant  to the  Purchase Agreement  all of  their right,  title  and
interest  in the  Contracts and  the related  Equipment, including  all security
interests created  thereby  and therein,  the  right to  receive  all  Scheduled
Payments  and Prepayments received on the Contracts on or after the Cut-Off Date
(including all Scheduled  Payments due  prior to, but  not received  as of,  the
Cut-Off Date, but excluding any Scheduled Payments due on or after, but received
prior  to, the Cut-Off Date), all  rights under insurance policies maintained on
the Equipment pursuant to the Contracts, all documents contained in the Contract
Files and  all proceeds  derived from  any  of the  foregoing. Pursuant  to  the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, on the Merger Consummation Date, the Depositor
will  transfer all  of the  foregoing, together  with all  its rights  under the
Purchase Agreement, to the Owner Trust.
    
 
   
    The  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement  will  designate  the  Servicer  as
custodian to maintain possession, as the Owner Trustee's agent, of the Contracts
and   all  documents   related  thereto.   To  facilitate   servicing  and  save
administrative costs, the documents will not be physically segregated from other
similar documents that are in TCC's possession. UCC financing statements will be
filed on the Merger Consummation Date in the applicable jurisdictions reflecting
the assignment  of  the Contracts  by  the  Originators to  the  Depositor,  the
transfer  by the Depositor to the Owner Trust, and the pledge by the Owner Trust
to the Indenture Trustee, and  the Originators' accounting records and  computer
systems  will also reflect such assignments  and pledge. The Contracts will not,
however, be stamped or otherwise  physically marked to reflect their  assignment
to  the Owner  Trust. If, through  fraud, negligence or  otherwise, a subsequent
purchaser were  able  to  take  physical possession  of  the  Contracts  without
knowledge  of the  assignment, the  Trust's interest  in the  Contracts could be
defeated. See "Risk Factors -- Certain Legal Aspects" and "Certain Legal Aspects
of the Contracts."
    
 
COLLECTIONS ON CONTRACTS
 
    The Servicer will  deposit in the  Collection Account on  a daily basis,  no
later  than the fifth Business Day after receipt thereof, the following payments
or collections received by it after the Cut-Off Date:
 
       (i) all Scheduled Payments  made by on  or behalf of  Obligors under  the
           Contracts;
 
   
       (ii)all  amounts paid by an Obligor  in connection with the prepayment or
           early termination of  a Contract  in respect of  the Required  Payoff
    Amount thereof;
    
 
   
       (iii)
           all amounts constituting Liquidation Proceeds on Liquidated Contracts
           to  the extent allocable to the  Notes and the Equity Certificates as
    described under "Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts";
    
 
   
       (iv)any and  all  payments made  by  TCC  pursuant to  the  Transfer  and
           Servicing  Agreement in connection with the purchase of any Contracts
    and the related Equipment  as a result  of a breach  of a representation  or
    warranty  with  respect  thereto,  as  described  under  "The  Contracts  --
    Representations and  Warranties  Made  by  TCC,"  excluding  those  portions
    thereof allocable to the Book Value of the related Equipment; and
    
 
   
       (v) the  amount paid by  the Depositor to purchase  the Contracts and the
           related Equipment, as  described under "Description  of the Notes  --
    Optional Purchase of Contracts," excluding that portion thereof allocable to
    the Book Value of Equipment.
    
 
    The  Servicer will be  entitled to withdraw from  the Collection Account any
amounts deposited therein in error or required to be repaid to an Obligor, based
on the Servicer's  good-faith determination  that such amount  was deposited  in
error or must be returned to the Obligor.
 
    Under  the Transfer  and Servicing  Agreement, the  Servicer is  required to
establish in its own name one or  more "Insurance and Tax Accounts," into  which
are  to  be  deposited any  payments  made by  or  on behalf  of  Obligors which
constitute (a) insurance premiums  paid by an Obligor  to the lessor or  secured
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
   
party under a Contract (unless such payments are made directly by the Obligor to
the  applicable insurance company, or TCC  or the Originator has previously paid
such premiums), (b) any  insurance payments or recoveries  paid by an  insurance
company  or comparable third party and related  to the damage to, or destruction
of, the  Equipment  related to  such  Contract  (unless paid  directly  by  such
insurance  company or comparable  third party directly to  the Obligor), and (c)
taxes paid  by  the  Obligor and  related  to  the applicable  Contract  or  the
Equipment  related thereto (unless such payment  is made directly by the Obligor
to the applicable taxing authority or authorities, or TCC or the Originator  has
previously  paid such taxes). The Servicer  is required to withdraw amounts from
the Insurance and Tax Accounts, when and if appropriate, to pay when due (1) all
insurance premiums in the amounts received  under clause (a) above, and (2)  all
taxes  in the amounts received under clause (c) above. Amounts on deposit in the
Insurance and  Tax Accounts  which represent  amounts received  by the  Servicer
pursuant to clause (b) above shall be applied by the Servicer as follows: if the
Obligor  purchases  equipment  to  replace the  Equipment  that  was  damaged or
destroyed, and such replacement equipment is  (in the reasonable opinion of  the
Servicer)  of  comparable use  and equivalent  value to  the Equipment  that was
damaged or destroyed, the  Servicer shall release such  amount so received  from
the insurance company or comparable third party to or at the instructions of the
Obligor;  and if this replacement option is  not to be exercised by the Obligor,
then the Servicer shall treat such  amount as Liquidation Proceeds and  transfer
that  portion  thereof which  would be  allocable  to the  Notes and  the Equity
Certificates  (as  described  in  "Description   of  the  Notes  --   Liquidated
Contracts") from the Insurance and Tax Account to the Collection Account.
    
 
   
    The  Servicer will deposit in the Equipment Account, no later than the fifth
business day after receipt, all proceeds  from the disposition of Equipment,  to
the  extent allocable  to the Equipment  Certificate, including  amounts paid by
Obligors to exercise purchase  options under Lease  Contracts and the  allocable
portion of Liquidation Proceeds (as described under "Description of the Notes --
Liquidated Contracts").
    
 
   
    On  or before the    Business  Day of each month (the "Determination Date"),
the Servicer is required  to determine the amount  of Related Collection  Period
Pledged  Revenues for the  Payment Date occurring  in such month,  the amount of
interest payable on the Notes and the Equity Certificates on such Payment  Date,
the  Monthly Principal  Amount for such  Payment Date,  the Principal Deficiency
Amount (if any) for  such Payment Date,  and the amount, if  any, by which  such
Related  Collection Period Pledged Revenues, when applied in accordance with the
priorities described  under "Description  of the  Notes --  Distributions,"  are
insufficient   to  pay  the  interest  payable  on  the  Notes  and  the  Equity
Certificates on such  Payment Date  (an "Interest Shortfall").  If the  Servicer
determines  that  there is  an  Interest Shortfall  for  such Payment  Date, the
Servicer shall instruct the Indenture Trustee  to determine the total amount  of
Current  Collection Period Pledged Revenues and to apply such Current Collection
Period Pledged Revenues to the payment of  interest on the Notes and the  Equity
Certificates  to  the  extent necessary  to  cure such  Interest  Shortfall. The
Servicer shall further instruct the Indenture Trustee to withdraw from the  Cash
Collateral  Account (1) any remaining Interest Shortfall (after giving effect to
the previous application of  Available Pledged Revenues  as aforesaid), (2)  the
Principal Deficiency Amount (if any), and (3) if such Payment Date is the Stated
Maturity  Date for any Class of Notes  or the Equity Certificates, the remaining
unpaid principal  balance of  such Class  of Notes  or the  Equity  Certificates
(after  giving effect to  previous application of  Available Pledged Revenues as
aforesaid).
    
 
SERVICING
 
    Pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, TCC will be engaged to act
as Servicer on behalf  of the Owner Trust.  The Servicer is generally  obligated
under  the Transfer and Servicing Agreement to take such actions with respect to
enforcement of the Contracts  as a reasonably prudent  creditor would take.  The
Servicer  is further obligated  to service the Contracts  in a manner consistent
with its servicing of  other similar receivables which  it owns or services  for
third   parties.   The  Servicer   may   delegate  certain   of   its  servicing
responsibilities with respect to the  Contracts to third parties, provided  that
the Servicer will remain obligated to the Owner Trust for the proper performance
of all such servicing responsibilities.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
   
    The  Servicer is  generally obligated  to act  in a  commercially reasonable
manner with respect to the disposition of Equipment following a Contract default
with a  view to  realizing proceeds  at least  equal to  the fair  market  value
thereof.  The Servicer  may, in its  discretion, choose to  dispose of Equipment
through a  new lease  or in  some  other manner  which does  not result  in  the
immediate  receipt  of  Liquidation  Proceeds equal  to  the  fair  market value
thereof. However,  in the  event that  the Liquidation  Proceeds (together  with
liquidation  expenses retained  by the  Servicer) derived  by the  Servicer with
respect to any Equipment, as of the  last day of the Collection Period in  which
the  related Contract became a Liquidated Contract, is less than the fair market
value thereof, the  Servicer will be  required to  pay an amount  equal to  such
deficiency  from its own funds. Any such amounts so paid by the Servicer will be
deemed to constitute additional Liquidation Proceeds with respect to the related
Contract and Equipment and will be allocated as described under "Description  of
the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts."
    
 
   
    Under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is responsible for,
among  other  things:  reviewing  and certifying  that  the  Contract  Files are
complete; monitoring and  tracking any property  and sales taxes  to be paid  by
Obligors;   billing,  collection  and  recording   of  payments  from  Obligors;
communicating with and providing billing  records to Obligors; deposit of  funds
into  the Collection Account;  receiving payments as the  Owner Trust's agent on
the insurance  policies  maintained  by  the  Obligors  and  communicating  with
insurers  with respect  thereto; issuance  of reports  to the  Indenture Trustee
specified in  the  Indenture  and  in  the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement;
repossession and remarketing of Equipment following Obligor defaults; and paying
the fees and ordinary expenses of the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee.
    
 
   
    PREPAYMENTS.   In the case  of any Lease Contract,  a Prepayment may only be
allowed by the Servicer if the amount paid by or on behalf of the Obligor is  at
least equal to the Required Payoff Amount of such Contract.
    
 
   
    EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE.  On or before March 31 of each year, the Servicer
must  deliver  to the  Indenture  Trustee a  report  of a  nationally recognized
accounting firm  stating  that such  firm  has examined  certain  documents  and
records  relating to the servicing of equipment leases and loans serviced by the
Servicer and stating that, on the  basis of such procedures, such servicing  has
been  conducted in compliance with the  Transfer and Servicing Agreement, except
for any exceptions set forth in such report.
    
 
    CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE  SERVICER.  The Servicer  may not resign  from
its  obligations  under  the  Transfer and  Servicing  Agreement  except  upon a
determination that  its  duties  thereunder  are  no  longer  permissible  under
applicable  law. No  such resignation  will become  effective until  a successor
servicer has assumed the  Servicer's obligations and  duties under the  Transfer
and  Servicing Agreement. The Servicer can be  removed as Servicer only upon the
occurrence of an Event of Termination as discussed below.
 
    The Servicer must  keep in  place throughout the  term of  the Transfer  and
Servicing  Agreement (i) a  policy or policies of  insurance covering errors and
omissions by the Servicer, and (ii) a fidelity bond. Such policy or policies and
such fidelity bond shall be  in such form and  amount as is generally  customary
among  persons that  service a  portfolio of  equipment leases  having an unpaid
balance of at least $100 million  and which are generally regarded as  servicers
acceptable to institutional investors.
 
   
    SERVICING  COMPENSATION  AND  PAYMENT  OF  EXPENSES.    Compensation  to the
Servicer will include a monthly fee (the "Servicing Fee"), which will be payable
to the Servicer from  the Amount Available  on each Payment  Date, in an  amount
equal  to the product of one-twelfth of   % per annum multiplied by the Contract
Pool Principal Balance  as of the  last day of  the second preceding  Collection
Period  (or, in  the case of  the Servicing  Fee with respect  to the Collection
Period commencing on the Cut-Off Date, the Contract Pool Principal Balance as of
the  Cut-Off  Date),   plus  any  late   fees,  documentation  fees,   insurance
administration    charges   and   other    administrative   fees   and   charges
("Administrative Fees") and  other expenses  or similar  charges collected  with
respect  to the Contracts during the prior Collection Period. Up to    % of such
   % Servicing Fee will be used by the Servicer to pay certain expenses relating
to the Contracts and the Owner Trust.
    
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
   
    EVENTS OF  TERMINATION.   An Event  of Termination  under the  Transfer  and
Servicing  Agreement will occur if (a) the Servicer fails to make any payment or
deposit required under  the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement  and such  failure
continues  for four  business days  after notice  from the  Indenture Trustee or
after discovery  by the  Servicer; (b)  the  Servicer fails  to deliver  to  the
Indenture  Trustee and the Owner Trustee the Servicer's  Certificate by the
Business Day  prior to  the related  Payment  Date; (c)  the Servicer  fails  to
observe  or perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of
the Servicer set forth in the Transfer  and Servicing Agreement (and, if TCC  is
the  Servicer,  the Purchase  Agreement), and  such  failure (i)  materially and
adversely  affects  the  rights  of  the  Owner  Trust,  Noteholders  or  Equity
Certificateholders,  and  (ii) continues  unremedied for  30 days  after written
notice thereof  has  been  given to  the  Servicer  by the  Owner  Trustee,  the
Indenture  Trustee or  any Equity  Certificateholder or  Noteholder; (d) certain
events of bankruptcy or  insolvency occur with respect  to the Servicer; or  (e)
any  representation, warranty or statement of  the Servicer made in the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement or  any certificate, report  or other writing  delivered
pursuant  thereto  proves to  be  incorrect in  any  material respect,  and such
incorrectness (i) has a material adverse effect on the Owner Trust,  Noteholders
or  Equity  Certificateholders, and  (ii) continues  uncured  for 30  days after
written notice thereof has been given to the Servicer by the Owner Trustee,  the
Indenture Trustee or any Equity Certificateholder or Noteholder. The Servicer is
required  under  the  Transfer and  Servicing  Agreement to  give  the Indenture
Trustee, the  Owner  Trustee  and each  Rating  Agency  notice of  an  Event  of
Termination promptly after having obtained knowledge of such event.
    
 
    Federal  bankruptcy laws limit the termination of contracts solely by reason
of the fact that the party obligated  to provide such performance is subject  to
federal  bankruptcy proceedings. In such  a circumstance, the bankruptcy trustee
of the  Servicer  might  successfully object  to  the  exercise of  a  right  to
terminate  the  Servicer unless  the  Indenture Trustee  could  demonstrate that
independent grounds (whether  or not  arising from  the same  facts causing  the
Servicer  to be subject to bankruptcy proceedings)  exist to declare an Event of
Termination.
 
   
    RIGHTS UPON  EVENT OF  TERMINATION.   So  long as  an Event  of  Termination
remains  unremedied, the Indenture Trustee may,  and at the written direction of
(i) Noteholders representing a  majority of the  aggregate principal balance  of
the  Notes (a "Note Majority"), or (ii) at  such time as the Notes are no longer
Outstanding, Equity Certificateholders representing a majority of the  aggregate
principal balance of the Equity Certificates (an "Equity Certificate Majority"),
shall,  terminate all of  the rights and  obligations of the  Servicer under the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement in and to the Contracts, whereupon a  successor
servicer (which, unless and until the Indenture Trustee appoints a new servicer,
will  be the Indenture Trustee) will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties
and liabilities of the Servicer under  the Transfer and Servicing Agreement  and
will  be entitled to similar  compensation arrangements; provided, however, that
any successor  servicer will  not assume  any obligation  of TCC  to  repurchase
Contracts  for  breaches of  representations and  warranties, and  any successor
servicer will not  be liable for  any acts  or omissions of  the prior  Servicer
occurring  prior to a transfer of the Servicer's servicing and related functions
or for any breach by  such Servicer of any of  its obligations contained in  the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
    
 
AMENDMENT
 
   
    The  Transfer and Servicing Agreement may  be amended by the parties thereto
(i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii)  to correct or supplement any provision  therein
that  may be inconsistent with any other provision therein, or (iii) to make any
other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement that are  not inconsistent with the provisions  thereof,
provided  that such action will not adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of the Noteholders or the Equity Certificateholders. The Transfer  and
Servicing  Agreement may also be amended by the parties thereto with the consent
of a Note Majority and an Equity Certificate Majority for the purpose of  adding
any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights
of the Noteholders or the holders of the Equity Certificates; provided, however,
that  no such amendment (a) that reduces in  any manner the amount of, or delays
the timing of, any  payment received on  or with respect  to Contracts that  are
    
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
   
required  to be distributed on  any Note or Equity  Certificate may be effective
without the consent of the Holder of  each such Note and Equity Certificate,  or
(b)  will be  effective unless each  Rating Agency confirms  that such amendment
will not result in a withdrawal or reduction of the ratings on the Notes and the
Equity Certificates.
    
 
   
TERMINATION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
    
 
   
    The obligations  created  by  the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement  will
terminate  (after  distribution  of  all  interest  and  principal  then  due to
Noteholders and  the holders  of the  Certificates) on  the earlier  of (i)  the
Payment Date next succeeding the later of the final payment or other liquidation
of  the  last  Contract  or  the  disposition  of  all  Equipment  acquired upon
termination of any  Contract; or  (b) the Payment  Date on  which the  Depositor
repurchases  the  Contracts  as described  under  "Description of  the  Notes --
Repurchase Option." However, TCC's  representations, warranties and  indemnities
will survive any termination of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
    
 
                     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
 
ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE EQUIPMENT
 
   
    Due  to the  administrative burden  and expense,  no assignments  of the UCC
financing statements evidencing the interest of the Originators in the Equipment
(to the  extent that  such  financing statements  have  been filed  against  the
Obligor, as discussed above) will be filed to reflect the Depositor's, the Owner
Trust's  and the  Indenture Trustee's interests  therein. While  failure to file
such assignments does  not affect the  Owner Trust's interest  in the  Contracts
(including  the related Originator's interest in the related Equipment), it does
expose the Owner Trust and the Noteholders to the risk that the Originator could
release its ownership or  security interest in the  Equipment of record, and  it
could complicate the Owner Trust's enforcement, as assignee, of the Originator's
security  interest in the Equipment. In addition, also due to the administrative
burden and expense, no UCC financing statement reflecting the security  interest
of  the Owner Trust in the related  Equipment will be filed in the jurisdictions
(other than  the States  of  Massachusetts, New  Jersey  and Oregon)  where  the
Equipment  is located. In the  absence of such filings,  the Owner Trust and the
Indenture Trustee may not have a perfected security interest in such  Equipment.
As  a  result, a  third  party purchaser  of the  Equipment  for value  from the
Originator may purchase  such Equipment free  and clear of  the interest of  the
Owner Trust in such Equipment and a subsequent secured party or other lienholder
may  obtain an interest in the Equipment superior  to that of the Owner Trust or
the Indenture Trustee.  While these risks  should not affect  the perfection  or
priority  of the interest of the Indenture Trustee in the Contracts or rights to
payment thereunder, they may adversely affect the right of the Indenture Trustee
to receive proceeds  of disposition  of the  Equipment subject  to a  Liquidated
Contract,  which are to be allocated to the  payment of the Notes and the Equity
Certificates,  as  described   under  "Description   of  the   Notes--Liquidated
Contracts."  Additionally, statutory liens for repairs or unpaid taxes and other
liens arising by operation  of law may have  priority even over prior  perfected
security interests in the name of the Indenture Trustee in the Equipment.
    
 
   
    In  the event of a default by the  Obligor under a Contract, the Servicer on
behalf of the Owner Trust may  take action to enforce the Originator's  interest
in  the  related  Equipment  by  repossession  and  resale  or  re-lease  of the
Equipment. Under the UCC in most states, a creditor can, without prior notice to
the debtor,  repossess assets  securing a  defaulted contract  by the  Obligor's
voluntary  surrender, or  by "self-help"  repossession that  does not  involve a
breach of the  peace and  by judicial  process. In  the event  of bankruptcy  or
insolvency  of  the  Obligor these  remedies  may  require the  permission  of a
bankruptcy court or may otherwise not be immediately available.
    
 
    In the event of  a default by the  Obligor, some jurisdictions require  that
the  Obligor be notified of the default and  be given a time period within which
it may  cure  the  default  prior to  repossession.  Generally,  this  right  of
reinstatement  may be exercised on a limited number of occasions in any one-year
period.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
    The UCC  and other  state  laws place  restrictions on  repossession  sales,
including requirements that the secured party provide the debtor with reasonable
notice  of the  date, time and  place of any  public sale and/or  the date after
which any private sale of the collateral may  be held and that any such sale  be
conducted in a commercially reasonable manner.
 
   
    Under most state laws, an Obligor has the right to redeem collateral for its
obligations  prior to  actual sale  by paying  the lessor  or secured  party the
unpaid balance  of the  obligation plus  reasonable expenses  for  repossessing,
holding and preparing the collateral for disposition and arranging for its sale,
plus,  to  the extent  provided for  in  the written  agreement of  the parties,
reasonable attorneys' fees.
    
 
   
    In addition, because the  market value of equipment  of the type subject  to
the  Contracts generally  declines with  age, because  of obsolescence,  the net
disposition proceeds of Equipment at any  time during the term of the  Contracts
may  not equal or exceed the Contract Principal Balance on the related Contract.
Because of this, and because other creditors may in certain cases have rights in
the related Equipment superior to those of the Owner Trust, the Servicer may not
be able to recover the  entire amount due on a  defaulted Contract in the  event
that the Servicer elects to repossess and dispose of such Equipment at any time.
    
 
   
    Under  the UCC and laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to
obtain a deficiency judgment from an Obligor for any deficiency on  repossession
and  resale of the asset securing the unpaid balance of such Obligor's Contract.
However, some states impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments.
In most jurisdictions, the courts, in interpreting the UCC, would impose upon  a
creditor  an obligation to repossess the  equipment in a commercially reasonable
manner and to "mitigate damages" in the event of an Obligor's failure to cure  a
default.  The creditor  would be  required to  exercise reasonable  judgment and
follow acceptable  commercial practice  in seizing,  selling or  re-leasing  the
equipment  and to offset the net proceeds of such disposition against its claim.
In addition, an Obligor may successfully invoke an election of remedies  defense
to  a deficiency claim in the event that the Servicer's repossession and sale of
the Equipment  is found  to be  a  retention discharging  the Obligor  from  all
further  obligations under the  UCC. If a deficiency  judgment were granted, the
judgment would be a personal judgment against the Obligor for the shortfall, but
a defaulting Obligor  may have  limited assets  or sources  of income  available
following repossession. Therefore, in many cases, it may not be useful to seek a
deficiency  judgment or, if one is obtained,  it may be settled at a significant
discount.
    
 
   
    Many states have adopted a version of Article 2A of the UCC ("Article  2A").
Article  2A purports to codify many  provisions of existing common law. Although
there  is  little  precedental  authority  regarding  how  Article  2A  will  be
interpreted,   it  may,  among   other  things,  limit   enforceability  of  any
"unconscionable" provision in a Lease  Contract, provide a Lessee with  remedies
including  the  right to  cancel the  Lease  Contract for  any lessor  breach or
default, and may  add to or  modify the  terms of "consumer  leases" and  leases
where  the Lessee is a "merchant  lessee." However, each Lease Contract contains
an acknowledgement by the  Lessee that the Equipment  was acquired for  business
purposes.  Article 2A,  moreover, recognizes  typical commercial  lease "hell or
high water" rental payment clauses  and validates reasonable liquidated  damages
provisions in the event of lessor or Lessee defaults. Article 2A also recognizes
the  concept of  freedom of  contract and  permits the  parties in  a commercial
context a wide latitude to vary provisions of the law.
    
 
INSOLVENCY MATTERS
 
   
    Certain statutory  provisions, including  federal and  state bankruptcy  and
insolvency  laws, may also  limit the ability  of the Servicer  to repossess and
resell or re-lease Equipment  or obtain a deficiency  judgment. In the event  of
the  bankruptcy  or  reorganization of  an  Obligor, various  provisions  of the
Bankruptcy Code of 1978 (the "Bankruptcy  Code") and related laws may  interfere
with  or eliminate  the ability  of the  Servicer to  enforce the  Owner Trust's
rights  under  the   Contracts.  For   example,  although   the  bankruptcy   or
reorganization  of an  Obligor would constitute  an event of  default under such
Contract, the Bankruptcy  Code provides  generally that  rights and  obligations
under  an unexpired  lease or  an executory  contract may  not be  terminated or
modified solely  because of  a  provision in  the  lease or  executory  contract
conditioned  upon  the commencement  of  a case  under  the Bankruptcy  Code. If
bankruptcy
    
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
   
proceedings were instituted in respect of an Obligor under such a Contract,  the
Owner  Trust could be prevented from continuing  to collect payments due from or
on behalf of such Obligor or exercising any remedies assigned to the Owner Trust
without the  approval of  the bankruptcy  court,  and, with  respect to  a  Loan
Contract  or a Lease  Contract intended as security,  the bankruptcy court could
permit the  Obligor,  as owner  of  the Equipment,  to  use or  dispose  of  the
Equipment  and provide the Owner Trust with  a lien on substitute collateral, so
long as the  court held  that such substitute  collateral constituted  "adequate
protection" within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code.
    
 
   
    In  the  case of  a Lease  Contract that  is  deemed not  to be  intended as
security,  the  Bankruptcy  Code  grants  to  the  bankruptcy  trustee  or   the
debtor-in-possession a right to elect to assume or reject any executory contract
or  unexpired lease.  Any rejection  of such a  lease or  contract constitutes a
breach of such lease or contract,  entitling the non-breaching party to a  claim
for  breach of contract. The  net proceeds from any  resulting judgment would be
deposited by  the Servicer  into the  Collection Account  and allocated  to  the
Noteholders and Equity Certificateholders as described under "Description of the
Notes -- Liquidated Contracts."
    
 
   
    In  the event that,  as a result  of the bankruptcy  or reorganization of an
Obligor, the related Contract becomes a defaulted Contract, the amount available
to be withdrawn from, or drawn on, the Cash Collateral Account has been  reduced
to  zero and the Contract has become  a defaulted Contract without breach of any
representation or  warranty  of TCC  or  the  Depositor, no  recourse  would  be
available   against  TCC  or  the  Depositor  and  the  Noteholders  and  Equity
Certificateholders could suffer a loss with respect to such Contract.
    
 
   
    These UCC and bankruptcy provisions, in addition to the possible decrease in
the value of a repossessed item of  Equipment, may limit the amount realized  on
the  sale  of Equipment  securing  the Contracts  to  less than  the  amount due
thereunder.
    
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
                             UNITED STATES TAXATION
 
   
    The following  discussion is  a  summary of  certain United  States  federal
income tax considerations relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of
the  Notes  by  the  holders  thereof. Dorsey  &  Whitney  LLP,  counsel  to the
Depositor, and  Cadwalader,  Wickersham  & Taft,  counsel  to  the  Underwriters
(collectively,  "Counsel"), are each delivering  their opinion regarding certain
federal income tax matters discussed below. The opinions of Counsel address only
those issues specifically identified  below as being  covered by such  opinions;
however,  the opinions of Counsel also  state that the additional discussion set
forth below accurately sets forth Counsel's advice with respect to material  tax
issues.  The opinions of Counsel are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service
(the "IRS"). There can be no assurance that the IRS will take a similar view  of
such issues, and no assurance can be given that the opinions of Counsel would be
sustained  if challenged by  the IRS. No  ruling on any  of the issues discussed
below will be sought from the IRS.
    
 
    This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential
federal  income  tax  consequences  relating  to  the  purchase,  ownership  and
disposition  of the Notes. Moreover, the discussion does not address all aspects
of taxation that  may be  relevant to particular  purchasers in  light of  their
individual  circumstances (including the  effect of any  foreign, state or local
tax laws) or to  certain types of purchasers  (including dealers in  securities,
insurance  companies, financial institutions and tax-exempt entities) subject to
special treatment under United  States federal income  tax laws. The  discussion
below assumes that the Notes are held as capital assets.
 
    The  discussion of  the United  States federal  income tax  consequences set
forth below is based upon currently existing provisions of the Internal  Revenue
Code  of 1986, as  amended (the "Code"),  judicial decisions, and administrative
interpretations. Because individual circumstances  may differ, each  prospective
purchaser  of the Notes  is strongly urged  to consult its  own tax advisor with
respect to its particular tax situation and the tax effects of any state, local,
foreign, or other tax laws and possible changes in the tax laws.
 
    As used herein, the term "United States Holder" means a beneficial owner  of
a  Note who or which is for United States federal income tax purposes either (i)
a citizen or resident of the  United States, (ii) a corporation, partnership  or
other  entity created or organized in or under  the laws of the United States or
of any political subdivision thereof, or (iii) an estate or trust the income  of
which  is subject  to United  States federal  income taxation  regardless of its
source. The term  also includes  certain former  citizens of  the United  States
whose income and gain on the Notes will be subject to United States taxation. As
used herein, the term "United States Alien Holder" means a beneficial owner of a
Note that is not a United States Holder.
 
TREATMENT OF THE NOTES
 
    In  the opinion of  Counsel, the Notes  will be treated  as indebtedness for
United States federal income tax purposes. Under the terms of the Notes and  the
Indenture,  each Noteholder  agrees and  acknowledges upon  its purchase  of the
Notes and  by acceptance  of the  Notes that  it will  also treat  the Notes  as
indebtedness for such purposes.
 
TREATMENT OF THE OWNER TRUST
 
    In  the opinion of Counsel, the Owner  Trust will not be characterized as an
"association" or "publicly traded partnership" taxable as a corporation. If  the
Owner  Trust  were  treated  as  either  an  association  or  a  publicly traded
partnership taxable as a corporation, the  resulting entity would be subject  to
federal  income taxes at corporate tax rates  on its taxable income generated by
ownership of the Contracts, and certain distributions by the entity would not be
deductible in computing the  entity's taxable income.  Such an entity-level  tax
could result in reduced distributions to Noteholders.
 
PAYMENTS OF INTEREST
 
    Interest  paid on a Note will generally be taxable to a United States Holder
as ordinary interest income at the time it accrues or is received in  accordance
with  the United  States Holder's  method of  accounting for  federal income tax
purposes.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT
 
    Under applicable regulations, a Note will be considered issued with original
issue discount ("OID") if the "stated redemption price at maturity" of the  Note
(generally  equal to its  principal amount as  of the date  of issuance plus all
interest other than "qualified stated interest" payable prior to or at maturity)
exceeds the original issue  price (in this case,  the initial offering price  at
which  a substantial amount of the Notes are  sold to the public). Any OID would
be considered DE MINIMIS under the regulations if it does not exceed .25% of the
stated redemption price at maturity of a  Note multiplied by the number of  full
years  until its  maturity date. It  is anticipated  that the Notes  will not be
considered issued with more  than DE MINIMIS OID.  Under the OID regulations,  a
holder of a Note issued with a DE MINIMIS amount of OID must include such OID in
income, on a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made on the Note.
 
    While  it is not anticipated that the Notes will be issued with more than DE
MINIMIS OID, it is possible that they will be so issued. If the Notes are issued
with more than DE  MINIMIS OID, such  OID would be includible  in the income  of
Noteholders  as  interest over  the term  of  the Notes  under a  constant yield
method. Any amount included in income  as OID would not, however, be  includible
again  when the amount is actually received. If the yield on a class of Notes is
not  materially  different  from  its  coupon,  this  treatment  will  have   no
significant  effect on Noteholders using the  accrual method of accounting. Cash
method Noteholders, however, may  be required to report  income with respect  to
Notes  issued with OID  in advance of  the receipt of  cash attributable to such
income. Each Noteholder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the  impact
of the OID rules if the Notes are issued with OID.
 
MARKET DISCOUNT
 
    If  a United States Holder that acquires a  Note has a tax basis in the Note
that is less than its "stated redemption  price at maturity," the amount of  the
difference will be treated as "market discount" for United States federal income
tax purposes, unless such difference is less than a specified DE MINIMIS amount.
Under  the market  discount rules of  the Code,  a United States  Holder will be
required to treat any principal payment on, and any gain on the sale,  exchange,
retirement  or other disposition of, a Note  as ordinary income to the extent of
any accrued market  discount that has  not previously been  included in  income.
Market  discount generally accrues  on a straight-line  basis over the remaining
term of a Note except that, at the election of the United States Holder,  market
discount may accrue on a constant yield basis. A United States Holder may not be
allowed  to deduct immediately all  or a portion of  the interest expense on any
indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase  or to carry such Note. A  United
States  Holder may elect  to include market  discount in income  currently as it
accrues (either on  a straight-line  basis or, if  the United  States Holder  so
elects, on a constant yield basis), in which case the interest deferral rule set
forth  in the preceding sentence will not  apply. Such an election will apply to
all bonds acquired by the United States Holder on or after the first day of  the
first  taxable year to which such election  applies and may be revoked only with
the consent of the IRS.
 
AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM
 
    If a United States  Holder purchases a  Note for an  amount that is  greater
than  the amount  payable at  maturity, such holder  will be  considered to have
purchased such Note  with "amortizable  bond premium"  equal in  amount to  such
excess,  and  may  elect  (in accordance  with  applicable  Code  provisions) to
amortize such premium using a constant  yield method over the remaining term  of
the  Note (where such Note is not callable  prior to its maturity date). If such
Note may be called prior to maturity after the United States Holder has acquired
it, the  amount of  amortizable bond  premium is  determined with  reference  to
either  the amount payable on  maturity or, if it  results in a smaller premium,
attributable to the period through the  earlier call date with reference to  the
amount  payable on the earlier call date.  The amount amortized in any year will
be treated as a reduction of the United States Holder's interest income from the
Note in such year. A United States  Holder that elects to amortize bond  premium
must  reduce its tax basis in the Note by the amount of the premium amortized in
any year.  An election  to amortize  bond premium  applies to  all taxable  debt
obligations  then owned or  thereafter acquired by the  United States Holder and
may be revoked only with the consent of the IRS.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
SALE, EXCHANGE OR RETIREMENT OF NOTES
 
    Upon the sale, exchange or retirement of a Note, a United States Holder will
recognize taxable  gain or  loss  equal to  the  difference between  the  amount
realized  on  the  sale,  exchange  or  retirement  (not  including  any  amount
attributable to  accrued but  unpaid interest)  and such  holder's adjusted  tax
basis  in the Note. A  United States Holder's adjusted tax  basis in a Note will
equal the cost of the Note to such holder, increased by the amount of any market
discount previously included in income by such holder with respect to such  Note
and reduced by any amortized bond premium and any principal payments received by
such holder.
 
    Subject to the discussion of market discount above, gain or loss realized on
the  sale, exchange or  retirement of a Note  by a United  States Holder will be
capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if at the  time
of  the sale, exchange  or retirement the Note  has been held  for more than one
year. The excess  of net  long-term capital  gains over  net short-term  capital
losses  is taxed at a lower rate  than ordinary income for certain non-corporate
taxpayers, but not for corporate taxpayers. The distinction between capital gain
or loss and  ordinary income or  loss is  also relevant for  purposes of,  among
other things, limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO UNITED STATES ALIEN HOLDERS
 
    Under  present United States federal income  and estate tax law, and subject
to the discussion below concerning backup withholding:
 
   
       (a) payments of principal of and interest on the Notes by the Trustee  or
           any  paying agent to  a beneficial owner  of a Note  that is a United
    States Alien Holder, as defined above, will not be subject to United  States
    federal  withholding tax, provided  that, in the case  of interest, (i) such
    holder does not own, actually or  constructively, 10 percent or more of  the
    total  combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Depositor or TCC
    entitled to vote, (ii) such holder is not, for United States federal  income
    tax   purposes,  a  controlled  foreign  corporation  related,  directly  or
    indirectly, to  the Depositor  or TCC  through stock  ownership, (iii)  such
    holder is not a bank receiving interest described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of
    the  Code, and (iv)  the certification requirements  under Section 871(h) or
    Section 881(c) of the Code  and Treasury regulations thereunder  (summarized
    below) are met;
    
 
       (b) a  United States Alien Holder of a Note will not be subject to United
           States federal income tax on gain  realized on the sale, exchange  or
    other  disposition of such Note, unless (i) such holder is an individual who
    is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year  of
    sale,  exchange or other disposition, and certain conditions are met or (ii)
    such gain is  effectively connected  with the conduct  by such  holder of  a
    trade or business in the United States; and
 
       (c) a  Note held by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the
           United States at the time of his death will not be subject to  United
    States  federal estate tax as a  result of such individual's death, provided
    that, at the time of such  individual's death, the individual does not  own,
    actually  or constructively, 10 percent or more of the total combined voting
    power of all classes of stock of the Depositor entitled to vote and payments
    with respect to such Note would  not have been effectively connected to  the
    conduct by such individual of a trade or business in the United States.
 
   
    Sections  871(h) and 881(c) of the  Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder
require that, in order to obtain the exemption from withholding tax described in
paragraph (a) above,  either (i)  the beneficial owner  of a  Note must  certify
under  penalties of perjury to the Indenture Trustee or the paying agent, as the
case may be, that such  owner is a United States  Alien Holder and must  provide
such owner's name and address, and United States taxpayer identification number,
if  any, or  (ii) a  securities clearing  organization, bank  or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business (a  "Financial Institution")  and holds the  Note on  behalf of  the
beneficial  owner  thereof  must  certify  under  penalties  of  perjury  to the
Indenture Trustee or the paying agent, as the case may be, that such certificate
has been received from the beneficial owner by it or by a Financial  Institution
between  it  and the  beneficial  owner and  must  furnish the  payor  with copy
thereof. A certificate
    
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
described in  this paragraph  is  effective only  with  respect to  payments  of
interest made to the certifying United States Alien Holder after issuance of the
Notes  in the calendar year  of its issuance and  the two immediately succeeding
calendar  years.  Under  temporary  United  States  Treasury  Regulations,  such
requirement will be fulfilled if the beneficial owner of a Note certifies on IRS
Form  W-8, under penalties of  perjury, that it is  a United States Alien Holder
and provides its  name and address,  and any Financial  Institution holding  the
Note  on behalf of the  beneficial owner files a  statement with the withholding
agent to the effect that  it has received such  a statement from the  beneficial
owner (and furnishes the withholding agent with a copy thereof).
 
    If  a United States Alien Holder of a Note is engaged in a trade or business
in the United States, and if interest on the Note, or gain realized on the sale,
exchange or other  disposition of the  Note, is effectively  connected with  the
conduct  of such  trade or  business, the  United States  Alien Holder, although
exempt from United States withholding tax, will generally be subject to  regular
United  States income tax on such  interest or gain in the  same manner as if it
were a  United  States Holder.  In  lieu of  the  certificate described  in  the
preceding paragraph, such a holder will be required to provide to the Trustee or
the paying agent, as the case may be, a properly executed IRS Form 4224 in order
to  claim an exemption from withholding tax.  In addition, if such United States
Alien Holder is a foreign corporation, it may be subject to a branch profits tax
equal to  30% (or  such lower  rate provided  by an  applicable treaty)  of  its
effectively  connected earnings  and profits  for the  taxable year,  subject to
certain adjustments. For purposes of the branch profits tax, interest on and any
gain recognized on the  sale, exchange or  other disposition of  a Note will  be
included  in the earnings and profits of such United States Alien Holder if such
interest or gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the United  States
Alien Holder of a trade or business in the United States.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
    Under current United States federal income tax law, a 31% backup withholding
tax  requirement applies to certain payments of interest on, and the proceeds of
a sale, exchange or redemption of, the Notes.
 
    Backup withholding will generally not apply with respect to payments made to
certain exempt recipients such as corporations or other tax-exempt entities.  In
the  case of a non-corporate United States Holder, backup withholding will apply
only if such  holder (i)  fails to  furnish its  taxpayer identification  number
("TIN")  which, for  an individual,  would be  his social  security number, (ii)
furnishes an incorrect TIN, (iii) is notified  by the IRS that it has failed  to
report  properly  payments  of  interest and  dividends  or  (iv)  under certain
circumstances, fails to certify under penalties of perjury that it has furnished
a correct TIN and has not been notified by the IRS that it is subject to  backup
withholding for failure to report interest and dividend payments.
 
   
    In  the  case  of  a  United States  Alien  Holder,  under  current Treasury
Regulations, backup withholding will not apply  to payments made by the  Trustee
or  any paying agent thereof on a Note  if such holder has provided the required
certificate under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States Holder (as
defined above) or has otherwise established an exemption, provided in each  case
that  the Indenture Trustee or  such paying agent, as the  case may be, does not
have actual knowledge that the payee is a United States Holder.
    
 
    Under current Treasury  Regulations, if payments  on a Note  are made to  or
through a foreign office of a custodian, nominee or other agent acting on behalf
of a beneficial owner of a Note, such custodian, nominee or other agent will not
be required to apply backup withholding to such payments made to such beneficial
owner.
 
    Under  current Treasury Regulations, payments on the sale, exchange or other
disposition of a Note made to or through a foreign office of a broker  generally
will  not be subject  to backup withholding.  Payments to or  through the United
States office of a broker will be subject to backup withholding and  information
reporting  unless the holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not
a United States Holder  and that certain other  conditions are met or  otherwise
establishes an exemption.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
    Holders of Notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the application
of  backup withholding  in their particular  situations, the  availability of an
exemption therefrom  and  the procedure  for  obtaining such  an  exemption,  if
available.  Any amounts withheld from payment under the backup withholding rules
will be allowed as a credit against a holder's United States federal income  tax
liability  and may entitle such  holder to a refund,  provided that the required
information is furnished to the IRS.
 
THE FOREGOING  DISCUSSION IS  FOR GENERAL  INFORMATION AND  IS NOT  TAX  ADVICE.
ACCORDINGLY,  EACH PROSPECTIVE NOTEHOLDER SHOULD CONSULT  ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR AS
TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE PROSPECTIVE NOTEHOLDER, INCLUDING  THE
APPLICABILITY  AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN INCOME TAX LAWS AND ANY
RECENT OR POSSIBLE CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.
 
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
   
    Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act ("ERISA"), and/or
Section 4975 of the Code, prohibits a pension, profit-sharing or other  employee
benefit  plan, as  well as individual  retirement accounts and  certain types of
Keogh Plans (each a "Benefit Plan")  from engaging in certain transactions  with
persons  that are  "parties in interest"  under ERISA  or "disqualified persons"
under the  Code  with  respect  to  such Benefit  Plan.  A  violation  of  these
"prohibited  transaction" rules may  result in an excise  tax or other penalties
and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons. Title I of ERISA also
requires that fiduciaries of  a Benefit Plan subject  to ERISA make  investments
that are prudent, diversified (except if prudent not to do so) and in accordance
with governing plan documents.
    
 
   
    Certain  transactions  involving the  purchase, holding  or transfer  of the
Notes might be deemed to constitute prohibited transactions under ERISA and  the
Code  if assets of the Owner  Trust were deemed to be  assets of a Benefit Plan.
Under a regulation issued  by the United States  Department of Labor (the  "Plan
Assets  Regulation"), the  assets of  the Owner Trust  would be  treated as plan
assets of a  Benefit Plan for  the purposes of  ERISA and the  Code only if  the
Benefit  Plan acquires an "equity  interest" in the Owner  Trust and none of the
exceptions contained  in the  Plan Assets  Regulation is  applicable. An  equity
interest is defined under the Plan Assets Regulation as an interest in an entity
other than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local
law  and which  has no substantial  equity features. The  Plan Assets Regulation
also provides that a beneficial interest in  a trust is an equity interest.  The
Depositor  believes that  the Notes  should be  treated as  indebtedness without
substantial equity  features for  purposes of  the Plan  Assets Regulation.  The
Depositor also believes that the Notes do not constitute beneficial interests in
the  Owner Trust  for purposes of  the Plan Assets  Regulation. However, without
regard to whether the Notes are treated as an equity interest for such purposes,
the acquisition or holding of Notes by or  on behalf of a Benefit Plan could  be
considered  to give  rise to  a prohibited transaction  if the  Owner Trust, the
Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee,  an Obligor, or any of their  respective
affiliates  is or  becomes a  party in  interest or  a disqualified  person with
respect to  such  Benefit  Plan.  In such  case,  certain  exemptions  from  the
prohibited  transaction  rules could  be applicable  depending  on the  type and
circumstances of  the plan  fiduciary making  the decision  to acquire  a  Note.
Included  among  these exemptions  are:  Prohibited Transaction  Class Exemption
("PTCE") 90-1,  regarding  investments  by  insurance  company  pooled  separate
accounts;  PTCE 91-38 regarding investments by bank collective investment funds;
and PTCE 84-14, regarding transactions effected by "qualified professional asset
managers."
    
 
    Employee benefit plans that  are governmental plans  (as defined in  Section
3(32)  of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA)
are not subject to ERISA requirements.
 
   
    A PLAN FIDUCIARY CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF ANY OF THE NOTES SHOULD CONSULT
ITS TAX AND/OR LEGAL  ADVISORS REGARDING WHETHER THE  ASSETS OF THE OWNER  TRUST
WOULD  BE CONSIDERED PLAN  ASSETS, THE POSSIBILITY OF  EXEMPTIVE RELIEF FROM THE
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RULES AND OTHER ISSUES AND THEIR POTENTIAL CONSEQUENCES.
    
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                              RATINGS OF THE NOTES
 
    It is a condition of issuance that each of Duff & Phelps, Fitch, Moody's and
S&P  (i) rate the  Class A Notes in  its highest rating  category, (ii) rate the
Class B Notes "                             ," "                              ,"
"                          " and "                          ," respectively, and
(iii) rate  the  Class  C  Notes "                                            ,"
"                                   ," "                                   " and
"                        ," respectively. The rating of the Notes will be  based
primarily  upon  the  Pledged  Revenues, the  Cash  Collateral  Account  and the
subordination provided by  (1) the  Class B  Notes, the  Class C  Notes and  the
Equity Certificates, in the case of the Class A Notes, (2) the Class C Notes and
the  Equity Certificates, in the  case of the Class B  Notes, and (3) the Equity
Certificates, in the case of the Class  C Notes. There is no assurance that  any
such  rating will not be lowered or withdrawn by the assigning Rating Agency if,
in its judgment, circumstances so warrant. In the event that a rating or ratings
with respect  to the  Notes is  qualified, reduced  or withdrawn,  no person  or
entity  will  be obligated  to provide  any  additional credit  enhancement with
respect to the Notes so qualified, reduced or withdrawn.
 
    The rating  of the  Notes  should be  evaluated independently  from  similar
ratings  on other types of securities. A  rating is not a recommendation to buy,
sell or hold the Notes,  inasmuch as such rating does  not comment as to  market
price  or  suitability  for  a  particular investor.  The  rating  of  the Notes
addresses the likelihood  of the  payment of principal  of and  interest on  the
Notes pursuant to their terms.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    If the Merger is consummated on or prior to September   , 1996, the proceeds
from  the offering and sale of the  Notes, together with the proceeds derived by
the Depositor from its disposition of  the Equity Certificates, will be used  by
the  Depositor to  acquire the Contracts  and the Originators'  interests in the
Equipment and to pay  expenses payable by the  Depositor in connection with  the
issuance of the Notes and the Equity Certificates. See "The Merger."
    
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
   
    Subject  to  the  terms and  conditions  of the  United  States underwriting
agreement (the "U.S. Underwriting Agreement"), the underwriters named below (the
"U.S. Underwriters"), through  their representatives, Goldman,  Sachs & Co.  and
Nomura   Securities  International,  Inc.  (the  "U.S.  Representatives"),  have
severally agreed to purchase from the Depositor the following respective Initial
Principal Amount of  Notes (the  "U.S. Notes")  at the  initial public  offering
price  less  the underwriting  discounts set  forth  on the  cover page  of this
Prospectus:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL
                                                                    PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
                                                                 AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS
U.S. UNDERWRITERS                                                    A NOTES          B NOTES          C NOTES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
 
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>              <C>
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
    Total
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
   
    In the  U.S.  Underwriting Agreement,  the  U.S. Underwriters  have  agreed,
subject  to the terms and  conditions set forth therein,  to purchase all of the
U.S. Notes offered hereby if any of such U.S. Notes are purchased. The Depositor
has been advised by the U.S. Representatives that the U.S. Underwriters  propose
initially  to  offer the  U.S.  Notes to  the  public at  the  respective public
offering prices set forth on the cover  page of this Prospectus, and to  certain
dealers  at such price,  less a concession  not in excess  of 0.   % per Class A
Note, 0.  % per Class B Note and  0.  % per Class C Note. The U.S.  Underwriters
may allow and such dealers may reallow to other dealers a discount not in excess
of  0.  % per Class A Note,  0.  % per Class B Note  and 0.  % per Class C Note.
After the Notes are  released for sale  to the public,  the offering prices  and
other selling terms may be varied by the U.S. Representatives.
    
 
   
    The  Depositor has agreed to indemnify the U.S. Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
    
 
   
    The Notes are new issues of  securities with no established trading  market.
The  Depositor  has  been advised  by  the  U.S. Representatives  that  the U.S.
Underwriters intend to make a market in  the Notes in the United States but  are
not  obligated to do  so and may  discontinue market making  at any time without
notice. The Depositor has  been advised by the  International Managers that  the
International  Managers intend  to make  a market  in the  Notes outside  of the
United States but are not obligated to  do so and may discontinue market  making
at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the
trading market for the Notes.
    
 
   
    Funds  in the Cash Collateral Account and  the Trust Accounts may, from time
to  time,  be  invested   in  Eligible  Investments   acquired  from  the   U.S.
Underwriters.
    
 
   
    Each  U.S. Underwriter and International  Manager has represented and agreed
that (a) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell any Notes to  any
person in the United Kingdom prior to the expiration of the period of six months
from  the issue date  of the Notes  except to persons  whose ordinary activities
involve them in  acquiring, holding,  managing or disposing  of investments  (as
principal  or  agent)  for the  purposes  of  their businesses  or  otherwise in
circumstances which have not  resulted and will  not result in  an offer to  the
public  in  the  United Kingdom  within  the  meaning of  the  Public  Offers of
Securities Regulations  1995; (b)  it  has complied  and  will comply  with  all
applicable provisions of the
    
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
   
Financial  Services Act 1986 with respect to  anything done by it in relation to
the Notes in, from  or otherwise involving  the United Kingdom;  and (c) it  has
only  issued or passed on and  will only issue or pass  on in the United Kingdom
any document received by it  in connection with the issuance  of the Notes to  a
person who is of a kind described in article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act
1986  (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995  or who is a person to
whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
    
 
   
    Each U.S. Underwriter  and each  International Manager has  agreed that  the
Notes  may not  be offered  or sold  directly or  indirectly in  Japan, and this
Prospectus  may  not  be   distributed  or  circulated   in  Japan,  except   in
circumstances  that do not constitute an offer  to the public within the meaning
of the SEL.
    
 
    This Prospectus may be used by  underwriters and dealers in connection  with
offers and sales of the Notes to persons located in the United Sates.
 
   
    The  Depositor and  the Owner  Trustee (on behalf  of the  Owner Trust) have
entered  into  an  underwriting   agreement  (the  "International   Underwriting
Agreement")   with   certain   managers  (the   "International   Managers,"  and
collectively with  the  U.S.  Underwriters, the  "Underwriters")  through  their
representatives,  Nomura International plc and Goldman, Sachs International (the
"International Representatives"), providing for the concurrent offer and sale of
an aggregate of $         , $         and $         principal amount of Class  A
Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes, respectively (the "International Notes")
outside  the  United  States.  The  offering  price  and  aggregate underwriting
discounts and commissions  per Note  for the  U.S. Notes  and the  International
Notes are identical.
    
 
   
    To  provide for the coordination of  their activities, the U.S. Underwriters
and the  International Managers  have  entered into  an Agreement  between  U.S.
Underwriters  and International Managers  (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") which
provides, among other things, that  the U.S. Underwriters and the  International
Managers  may purchase  and sell  among each  other such  number of  Notes as is
mutually agreed  upon  among  the U.S.  Representatives  and  the  International
Representatives and as approved by Nomura International plc and Goldman, Sachs &
Co.,  as  Global Coordinators.  To the  extent  there are  sales among  the U.S.
Underwriters and  the  International  Managers pursuant  to  the  Intersyndicate
Agreement  and as approved by the Global  Coordinators, the number of U.S. Notes
initially available  for  sale  by  the U.S.  Underwriters  and  the  number  of
International  Notes initially available for  sale by the International Managers
may be  more or  less than  the  numbers appearing  on the  cover page  of  this
Prospectus.  Except as permitted by the Intersyndicate Agreement and as approved
by the  Global  Coordinators,  the price  of  any  Notes so  sold  will  be  the
respective  initial public offering  price, less an amount  not greater than the
selling concession.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, as part of the distribution of the
Notes and subject to  certain exceptions, (a) the  U.S. Underwriters will  offer
and  sell U.S.  Notes only  (i) in the  United States  (ii) to  U.S. Persons (as
defined  below)  and  (b)  the  International  Managers  will  offer  and   sell
International   Notes  only  outside  the  United  States  to  non-U.S.  Persons
(including any entity  constituting an  investment advisor  located outside  the
United  States acting with discretionary authority for a U.S. Person). For these
purposes, U.S.  Person  means  individual  residents in  the  United  States  or
corporations,  partnerships, or other entities organized in or under the laws of
the United  States or  any  political subdivision  thereof (including  any  such
entity  constituting an  investment advisor acting  with discretionary authority
for a non-U.S. Person) whose office most directly involved with the purchase  is
located in such country. "United States" means the United States of America, its
territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction.
    
 
   
    Nomura  International plc  has provided  acquisition financing  and advisory
services to HoldCo. and MergerCo. in connection with the Merger and will,  after
the  Merger Consummation  Date, hold  warrants to  acquire an  indirect majority
interest in the common stock of TCC. See "The Merger."
    
 
    Application has  been  made  to  list the  Notes  on  the  Luxembourg  Stock
Exchange.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
    Certain  legal matters with respect to the Notes will be passed upon for the
Depositor by Dorsey & Whitney  LLP.  Cadwalader, Wickersham  & Taft will act  as
counsel  to the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers. The Indenture,
the  Transfer  and  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Trust  Agreement,  the  Purchase
Agreement and the Notes will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.
    
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    1. The  issue of the Notes has been authorized pursuant to the Indenture and
       a resolution dated              ,  1996 of the Board of Directors of  the
Depositor.
 
   
    2. An  application has been made  to list the Notes  on the Luxembourg Stock
       Exchange. In  connection with  such application,  a legal  notice of  the
issuance of the Notes and copies of the Indenture and a copy of the Registration
Statement  will  be  deposited  with  the Chief  Registrar  of  the  District of
Luxembourg (Greffier en  Chef du Tribunal  d'Arrondissement a Luxembourg)  where
such documents may be examined and copies obtained.
    
 
   
    3. As  long  as  the  Notes  are  outstanding,  copies  of  the Registration
       Statement, all amendments  and exhibits  thereto, the  Indenture and  any
reports  containing information on the Owner Trust prepared by the Servicer will
be available  free  of  charge at  the  offices  of the  Indenture  Trustee  and
                        ,  as the listing  agent in Luxembourg  at the following
address:                            , and notices of their availability will  be
published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which
is expected to be Luxemburger Wort).
    
 
    4. There  is no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding, actual
       or pending, which relates to the Owner Trust and to which the Owner Trust
is a party or of which the Owner Trust has been notified, or threatened that  it
will  be made  a party, which  is material  in the context  of the  issue of the
Notes.
 
   
    5. Upon issuance,  the Notes  will  be accepted  for deposit  and  clearance
       through DTC, Euroclear and Cedel Bank, as applicable.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           COMMON CODE       ISIN         CUSIP
                                                                         ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>              <C>          <C>
Class A Notes..........................................................
Class B Notes..........................................................
Class C Notes..........................................................
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
   
                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS
    
 
                                   [TO COME]
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX A
 
                        GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND
                          TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
 
    Except in certain limited circumstances, the Notes will be available only in
book-entry  form (the  "Global Notes"). Investors  in the Global  Notes may hold
such Global Notes through  DTC or, if applicable,  Cedel Bank or Euroclear.  The
Global  Notes will be tradeable as  home-market instruments in both the European
and United States domestic markets. Initial settlement and all secondary  trades
will settle in same-day funds.
 
   
    Secondary  market  trading between  investors  holding Global  Notes through
Cedel Bank and  Euroclear will be  conducted in the  ordinary way in  accordance
with  their  normal  rules  and  operating  procedures  and  in  accordance with
conventional eurobond practice.
    
 
    Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Notes through  DTC
will  be conducted  according to the  rules and procedures  applicable to United
States corporate debt obligations.
 
    Secondary cross-market trading between Cedel Bank or Euroclear  participants
and    DTC    participants   holding    Notes    will   be    effected    on   a
delivery-against-payment basis through the respective depositaries of Cedel Bank
and Euroclear and as participants in DTC.
 
   
    Non-United States holders of Global Notes will be exempt from United  States
withholding  taxes,  provided that  such holders  meet certain  requirements and
deliver appropriate  United  States tax  documents  to the  securities  clearing
organizations  or  their  participants.  See  "United  States  Taxation"  in the
Prospectus.
    
 
INITIAL SETTLEMENT
 
    All Global Notes will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of  Cede
&  Co.  as nominee  of DTC.  Investors' interests  in the  Global Notes  will be
represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct  and
indirect  participants in DTC. As  a result, Cedel Bank  and Euroclear will hold
positions on behalf of their participants through their respective depositaries,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as participants of DTC.
 
    Investors electing to hold  their Global Notes through  DTC will follow  the
settlement  practices applicable  to United  States corporate  debt obligations.
Investor securities  custody  accounts  will be  credited  with  their  holdings
against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.
 
    Investors  electing  to  hold  their  Global  Notes  through  Cedel  Bank or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow   the  settlement  procedures  applicable   to
conventional  eurobonds, except that there will  be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up"  or restricted  period. Global Notes  will be  credited to  the
securities  custody accounts on the settlement  date against payment in same-day
funds.
 
SECONDARY MARKET TRADING
 
   
    Because the purchaser determines the place  of delivery, it is important  to
establish  at the time of the trade  where both the purchaser's and the seller's
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired  value
date.
    
 
    TRADING  BETWEEN  DTC PARTICIPANTS.   Secondary  market trading  between DTC
participants will be settled  using the procedures  applicable to United  States
corporate debt issues in same-day funds.
 
    TRADING  BETWEEN CEDEL BANK AND/OR EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS.  Secondary market
trading between Cedel  Bank participants and/or  Euroclear participants will  be
settled  using the procedures  applicable to conventional  eurobonds in same-day
funds.
 
    TRADING BETWEEN DTC  SELLER AND  CEDEL BANK  OR EUROCLEAR  PURCHASER.   When
Global  Notes are to be transferred from the account of a DTC participant to the
account of a Cedel Bank participant or a
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
Euroclear participant, the  purchaser will  send instructions to  Cedel Bank  or
Euroclear  through a participant at least  one business day prior to settlement.
Cedel Bank or Euroclear will instruct  the respective depositary to receive  the
Global  Notes  against payment.  Payment will  include  interest accrued  on the
Global Notes from and  including the last coupon  payment date to and  excluding
the  settlement date. Payment will then be  made by the respective depositary to
the DTC  participant's  account against  delivery  of the  Global  Notes.  After
settlement  has  been  completed,  the  Global Notes  will  be  credited  to the
respective clearing system and  by the clearing system,  in accordance with  its
usual  procedures, to  the Cedel  Bank participant's  or Euroclear participant's
account. The Global Notes  credit will appear the  next day (European time)  and
the cash debit will be back-valued to, and the interest on the Global Notes will
accrue  from, the value date  (which would be the  preceding day when settlement
occurred in New York). If settlement is not completed on the intended value date
(i.e., the trade fails), the Cedel Bank  or Euroclear cash debit will be  valued
instead as of the actual settlement date.
 
    Cedel  Bank  participants  and  Euroclear  participants  will  need  to make
available to  the respective  clearing systems  the funds  necessary to  process
same-day  funds settlement. The most direct means  of doing so is to preposition
funds for settlement, either from cash on  hand or existing lines of credit,  as
they  would for any  settlement occurring within Cedel  Bank or Euroclear. Under
this approach, they may take on credit exposure to Cedel Bank or Euroclear until
the Global Notes are credited to their accounts one day later.
 
    As an alternative, if Cedel Bank or Euroclear has extended a line of  credit
to  them, participants can elect not to  preposition funds and allow that credit
line to be drawn  upon to finance settlement.  Under this procedure, Cedel  Bank
participants  or  Euroclear  participants purchasing  Global  Notes  would incur
overdraft charges for  one day,  assuming they  cleared the  overdraft when  the
Global  Notes were credited  to their accounts. However,  interest on the Global
Notes would accrue from the value date. Therefore, in many cases the  investment
income  on the Global  Notes earned during the  one-day period may substantially
reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft charges, although this result will
depend on each participant's particular cost of funds.
 
    Since the settlement  is taking place  during New York  business hours,  DTC
participants  can employ their usual procedures  for sending Global Notes to the
respective depositary for the  benefit of Cedel  Bank participants or  Euroclear
participants.  The sale  proceeds will  be available  to the  DTC seller  on the
settlement date. Thus, to  the DTC participant  a cross-market transaction  will
settle no differently than a trade between two DTC participants.
 
    TRADING  BETWEEN CEDEL BANK OR  EUROCLEAR SELLER AND DTC  PURCHASER.  Due to
time-zone differences  in their  favor, Cedel  Bank participants  and  Euroclear
participants  may employ  their customary  procedures for  transactions in which
Global Notes are to  be transferred by the  respective clearing system,  through
the   respective  depositary,  to  a  DTC  participant.  The  seller  will  send
instructions to  Cedel Bank  or Euroclear  through a  participant at  least  one
business  day prior to  settlement. In this  case, Cedel Bank  or Euroclear will
instruct the respective depositary to deliver the Notes to the DTC participant's
account against payment.  Payment will  include interest accrued  on the  Global
Notes  from and  including the  last coupon  payment date  to and  excluding the
settlement date. The payment will then be reflected in the account of the  Cedel
Bank  participant or Euroclear participant the following day, and receipt of the
cash proceeds in the Cedel Bank participant's or Euroclear participant's account
would be back-valued to the value date  (which would be the preceding day,  when
settlement occurred in New York). Should the Cedel Bank participant or Euroclear
participant  have a line of credit with its respective clearing system and elect
to be in debit in anticipation of  receipt of the sale proceeds in its  account,
the  back-valuation  will extinguish  any overdraft  charges incurred  over that
one-day period. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e.,
the trade fails), receipt of  the cash proceeds in  the Cedel Bank or  Euroclear
participant's account would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
   
    Finally,  day traders  that use  Cedel Bank  or Euroclear  and that purchase
Global Notes from DTC  participants for delivery to  Cedel Bank participants  or
Euroclear participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on
the  sale side unless  affirmative action were taken.  At least three techniques
should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:
    
 
   
    1. borrowing through Cedel Bank or Euroclear for one day (until the purchase
       side of  the day  trade is  reflected in  their Cedel  Bank or  Euroclear
       accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;
    
 
   
    2. borrowing the Global Notes in the United States from a DTC participant no
       later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global Notes
       sufficient  time to be reflected in their Cedel Bank or Euroclear account
       in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or
    
 
   
    3. staggering the value dates  for the buy  and sell sides  of the trade  so
       that the value date for the purchase from the DTC participant is at least
       one  day  prior  to  the  value  date for  the  sale  to  the  Cedel Bank
       participant or Euroclear participant.
    
 
                        CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX
                           DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
 
   
    A holder of Global Notes holding securities through Cedel Bank or  Euroclear
(or  through DTC if the holder has an address outside the United States) will be
subject to 30% United States withholding tax that generally applies to  payments
of  interest (including original interest discount) on registered debt issued by
United States Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other  financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the
United   States  entity  required  to  withhold  tax  complies  with  applicable
certification requirements and (ii) such holder takes one of the following steps
to obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:
    
 
    EXEMPTION FOR NON-U.S. PERSON  (FORM W-8).   Non-United States Persons  that
are  beneficial owners can obtain a  complete exemption from the withholding tax
by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status).
 
    If the information shown on Form W-8  changes, a new Form W-8 must be  filed
within 30 days of such change.
 
    EXEMPTION  FOR  NON-U.S.  PERSONS WITH  EFFECTIVELY  CONNECTED  INCOME (FORM
4224).  A non-United States Person, including a non-United States corporation or
bank with a United States branch,  for which the interest income is  effectively
connected  with its  conduct of a  trade or  business in the  United States, can
obtain an exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from
Withholding of Tax on Income Effectively  Connected with the Conduct of a  Trade
or Business in the United States).
 
    EXEMPTION  OR REDUCED RATE FOR NON-U.S. PERSONS RESIDENT IN TREATY COUNTRIES
(FORM 1001).  Non-United States Persons that are beneficial owners residing in a
country that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an exemption  or
reduced  tax rate  (depending on the  terms of  the treaty) by  filing Form 1001
(Ownership, Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty provides  only
for  a reduced  rate, withholding tax  will be  imposed at that  rate unless the
filer alternatively files  Form W-8. Form  1001 may be  filed by the  beneficial
owner or his agent.
 
    EXEMPTION  FOR U.S. PERSONS (FORM W-9).   United States Persons can obtain a
complete exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's  Request
for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).
 
   
    U.S.  FEDERAL INCOME TAX REPORTING PROCEDURE.   A holder of Global Notes or,
in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent, files by  submitting
the  appropriate form to the person through which he holds (the clearing agency,
in the case of persons  holding directly on the  books of the clearing  agency).
Form  W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for  three calendar years and Form 4224 is
effective for one calendar year. See "United States Taxation" in the Prospectus.
    
 
                                      A-3
<PAGE>
    The term  "United States  Person" means  (i) a  citizen or  resident of  the
United  States, (ii) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws
of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or (iii) an estate  or
trust  the  income of  which is  includible  in gross  income for  United States
federal income tax purposes, regardless of its source.
 
   
    THIS SUMMARY DOES NOT DEAL WITH ALL ASPECTS OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL  INCOME
TAX  WITHHOLDING THAT MAY  BE RELEVANT TO  FOREIGN HOLDERS OF  THE GLOBAL NOTES.
INVESTORS ARE ADVISED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS FOR SPECIFIC TAX  ADVICE
CONCERNING THEIR HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF THE GLOBAL NOTES.
    
 
                                      A-4
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN  OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED  BY THE DEPOSITOR, THE SERVICER,  THE OWNER TRUST, THE OWNER TRUSTEE,
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS OR THE INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION BY  ANYONE  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH
THE PERSON MAKING SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT QUALIFIED TO  DO SO OR  TO
ANYONE  TO WHOM IT IS  UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS,  NOR ANY  SALE MADE  HEREUNDER, SHALL,  UNDER  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS
OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF SUCH INFORMATION.
    
 
                                ----------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PAGE
                                                 ---------
<S>                                              <C>
Incorporation by Reference.....................
Available Information..........................
Reports to Noteholders.........................
Table of Contents..............................
Prospectus Summary.............................
Risk Factors...................................
The Merger.....................................
The Depositor and the Owner Trust..............
AT&T Capital Corporation.......................
The Originators................................
The Contracts..................................
Description of the Notes.......................
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
 Agreement.....................................
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts.........
United States Taxation.........................
ERISA Considerations...........................
Ratings of the Notes...........................
Use of Proceeds................................
Underwriting...................................
Legal Matters..................................
Additional Information.........................
Index of Principal Terms.......................
Appendix A: Global Clearance, Settlement and
 Tax Documentation Procedures..................        A-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                                ----------------
 
    UNTIL               , 1996 (NINETY DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN
THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
 
   
                                  $
                           % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES,
                                    CLASS A
                                  $
                       % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B
                                  $
                       % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS C
                                ANTIGUA FUNDING
                                  CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
                                  AT&T CAPITAL
                                  CORPORATION
                                    SERVICER
    
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
   
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
                              NOMURA INTERNATIONAL
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
    
 
                                  -----------
 
   
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
    
   
                               U.S. UNDERWRITERS
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
   
               [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MARKET MAKING U.S. PROSPECTUS]
    
   
(CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE)
    
 
   
    The  Owner Trust will  also issue two classes  of certificates of beneficial
interest, the Equity Certificates and  the Equipment Certificate, which are  not
being  offered  hereby. The  Equipment Certificate  will represent  an undivided
interest in,  and be  payable solely  from, the  Equipment and  certain  amounts
derived  from the sale or other disposition  of the Equipment upon expiration or
termination (including  an  early termination  or  liquidation) of  the  related
Contracts  and certain other amounts as described herein. Amounts payable on the
Equipment Certificate  will  not  be  available  for  payment  of  interest  and
principal  on  the  Notes. It  is  expected  that the  Equity  Certificates will
initially represent  the  right to  receive  principal  in an  amount  equal  to
approximately  4% of the Cut-Off Date  Contract Pool Principal Balance, together
with interest thereon at    % per annum.
    
 
   
    The Notes  and the  Equity Certificates  will be  payable solely  from,  and
secured  by,  the Amount  Available  on each  Payment  Date (which  will consist
primarily of the  Scheduled Payments  due under the  Contracts, certain  amounts
received  upon the  prepayment or  purchase of Contracts  or (to  the extent not
payable on  the Equipment  Certificate) liquidation  of the  related  Equipment,
investment  earnings on amounts deposited  in the Collection Account established
pursuant to the  Indenture, in  each case subject  to prior  application to  pay
certain fees and expenses, and amounts permitted to be withdrawn therefor from a
Cash  Collateral  Account)  in  the  order  of  priority  described  herein. The
likelihood of payment of interest on each Class of Notes will be enhanced by the
application of the Amount Available to the payment of such interest prior to the
payment of principal on any of the Notes or the Equity Certificates, as well  as
by  the preferential right of the Holders of Notes of each such Class to receive
such interest (1) in the case of the Class A Notes, prior to the payment of  any
interest on the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes or the Equity Certificates, (2)
in  the case of the Class  B Notes, prior to the  payment of any interest on the
Class C Notes or  the Equity Certificates, and  (3) in the case  of the Class  C
Notes,  prior  to  the  payment  of any  interest  on  the  Equity Certificates.
Likewise, the likelihood of payment of principal on each Class of Notes will  be
enhanced by the preferential right of the Holders of Notes of each such Class to
receive  such principal, to the extent of  the Amount Available after payment of
interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates as aforesaid, (i) in the  case
of  the Class  A Notes, prior  to the  payment of any  principal on  the Class B
Notes,  the  Class  C  Notes  or   (except  as  described  herein)  the   Equity
Certificates, (ii) in the case of the Class B Notes, prior to the payment of any
principal  on  the Class  C Notes  or  (except as  described herein)  the Equity
Certificates, and (iii) in the case of  the Class C Notes, prior to the  payment
of  any principal  on the Equity  Certificates, except as  described herein. See
"Description of the Notes."
    
 
   
    To the extent the Amount Available  is sufficient therefor, interest at  the
rate  per annum noted above for  each of the Class A,  Class B and Class C Notes
(the applicable "Interest Rate") will be paid to Holders of each Class of Notes,
and principal will be paid on  the applicable Class of Notes, on  the    day  of
each  month (or,  if such  day is  not a  Business Day,  on the  next succeeding
Business Day), commencing October   , 1996 (each, a "Payment Date"). The  Stated
Maturity  Date for the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes is
              ,               , and               , respectively.
    
 
   
    The Notes  are subject  to redemption  in whole  as described  herein  under
"Description  of the Notes  -- Special Redemption" and  "-- Optional Purchase of
Contracts."
    
 
   
    There is  currently  no secondary  market  for the  Notes  and there  is  no
assurance  that one will develop. The U.S.  Underwriters expect, but will not be
obligated, to make a market in the Notes in the United States. The International
Managers expect,  but will  not be  obligated, to  make a  market in  the  Notes
outside  the United States. There  is no assurance that  either such market will
develop, or if either such market does develop, that such market will  continue.
See "Risk Factors."
    
 
   
    It  is a condition of  issuance of the Notes that  each of Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services, Moody's Investors Service,  Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit  Rating
Co.  and Fitch Investors Service, L.P. (i) rate the Class A Notes in its highest
rating category, (ii) rate the Class B Notes "       ," "       ," "       " and
"       ," respectively, and (iii) rate the Class C Notes "       ," "        ,"
"       " and "       ," respectively. See "Ratings of the Notes."
    
 
   
    If  and  to  the  extent  required by  applicable  law  or  regulation, this
Prospectus will also be used by Nomura Securities International, Inc. after  the
completion  of  the offering  in  connection with  offers  and sales  related to
market-making  transactions   in   the   Notes  in   which   Nomura   Securities
International, Inc. acts as principal. Nomura Securities International, Inc. may
also  act as agent in such transactions. Sales will be made at negotiated prices
determined at the time of sale.
    
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AND/OR INTERNATIONAL
MANAGERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN  THE
MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN
THE  OPEN MARKET.  SUCH STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE  DISCONTINUED AT ANY
TIME.
 
   
    Upon receipt of  a request  by an investor  who has  received an  electronic
Prospectus  from any Underwriter or a  request by such investor's representative
within the period during which there  is an obligation to deliver a  Prospectus,
such  Underwriter  will  promptly deliver,  or  cause to  be  delivered, without
charge, to such investor a paper copy of the Prospectus.
    
 
   
    The Depositor has not  authorized any offer  of Notes to  the public in  the
United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations
1995  (the "Regulations").  The Notes  may not  lawfully be  offered or  sold to
persons in the United Kingdom except in circumstances which do not result in  an
offer  to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Regulations
or otherwise in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Regulations.
    
 
   
    The Depositor does not intend to register the Notes under the Securities and
Exchange Law of Japan (the "SEL"). Accordingly, the Notes may not be offered  or
sold directly or indirectly in Japan, and this Prospectus may not be distributed
or  circulated in Japan, except in circumstances that do not constitute an offer
to the public within the meaning of the SEL.
    
<PAGE>
   
               [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR MARKET MAKING U.S. PROSPECTUS]
    
 
   
Financial  Services Act of 1986 with respect  to anything done by it in relation
to the Notes in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and (c) it  has
only  issued or passed on and  will only issue or pass  on in the United Kingdom
any document received by it  in connection with the issuance  of the Notes to  a
person who is of a kind described in article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act
1986  (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995  or who is a person to
whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
    
 
   
    This Prospectus may be used by  underwriters and dealers in connection  with
offers and sales of the Notes to persons located in the United Sates.
    
 
   
    The  Depositor and  the Owner  Trustee (on behalf  of the  Owner Trust) have
entered  into  an  underwriting   agreement  (the  "International   Underwriting
Agreement")   with   certain   managers  (the   "International   Managers,"  and
collectively with  the  U.S.  Underwriters, the  "Underwriters")  through  their
representatives,  Nomura International plc and Goldman, Sachs International (the
"International Representatives"), providing for the concurrent offer and sale of
an aggregate of $         , $         and $         principal amount of Class  A
Notes, Class B Notes and Class C Notes, respectively (the "International Notes")
outside  the  United  States.  The  offering  price  and  aggregate underwriting
discounts and commissions  per Note  for the  U.S. Notes  and the  International
Notes are identical.
    
 
   
    To  provide for the coordination of  their activities, the U.S. Underwriters
and the  International Managers  have  entered into  an Agreement  between  U.S.
Underwriters  and International Managers  (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") which
provides, among other things, that  the U.S. Underwriters and the  International
Managers  may purchase  and sell  among each  other such  number of  Notes as is
mutually agreed  upon  among  the U.S.  Representatives  and  the  International
Representatives and as approved by Nomura International plc and Goldman, Sachs &
Co.,  as  Global Coordinators.  To the  extent  there are  sales among  the U.S.
Underwriters and  the  International  Managers pursuant  to  the  Intersyndicate
Agreement  and as approved by the Global  Coordinators, the number of U.S. Notes
initially available  for  sale  by  the U.S.  Underwriters  and  the  number  of
International  Notes initially available for  sale by the International Managers
may be  more or  less than  the  numbers appearing  on the  cover page  of  this
Prospectus.  Except as permitted by the Intersyndicate Agreement and as approved
by the  Global  Coordinators,  the price  of  any  Notes so  sold  will  be  the
respective  initial public offering  price, less an amount  not greater than the
selling concession.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, as part of the distribution of the
Notes and subject to  certain exceptions, (a) the  U.S. Underwriters will  offer
and  sell U.S.  Notes only  (i) in the  United States  (ii) to  U.S. Persons (as
defined  below)  and  (b)  the  International  Managers  will  offer  and   sell
International   Notes  only  outside  the  United  States  to  non-U.S.  Persons
(including any entity  constituting an  investment advisor  located outside  the
United  States acting with discretionary authority for a U.S. Person). For these
purposes, U.S.  Person  means  individual  residents in  the  United  States  or
corporations,  partnerships, or other entities organized in or under the laws of
the United  States or  any  political subdivision  thereof (including  any  such
entity  constituting an  investment advisor acting  with discretionary authority
for a non-U.S. Person) whose office most directly involved with the purchase  is
located in such country. "United States" means the United States of America, its
territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction.
    
 
   
    Nomura  International plc  has provided  acquisition financing  and advisory
services to HoldCo. and MergerCo. in connection with the Merger and will,  after
the  Merger Consummation  Date, hold  warrants to  acquire an  indirect majority
interest in the common stock of TCC. See "The Merger."
    
 
   
    Application has  been  made  to  list the  Notes  on  the  Luxembourg  Stock
Exchange.
    
 
   
    If  and  to  the  extent  required by  applicable  law  or  regulation, this
Prospectus will be used by  Nomura Securities International, Inc. in  connection
with  offers and  sales related  to market making  transactions in  the Notes in
which  Nomura  Securities  International,  Inc.  acts  as  a  principal.  Nomura
Securities International, Inc. may also act as agent in such transactions. Sales
may be made at negotiated prices determined at the time of sale.
    
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
PROSPECTUS
   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 13, 1996
    
                                  $
   
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
    
 
$             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS A, DUE                    ; ISSUE
                                  PRICE:     %
$             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B, DUE                    ; ISSUE
                                  PRICE:     %
$             % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS C, DUE                    ; ISSUE
                                  PRICE:     %
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
              ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION                               AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
                       DEPOSITOR                                                SERVICER
</TABLE>
 
   
    Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1996-1 (the "Owner Trust") will be formed
pursuant  to  a  Trust  Agreement  between  Antigua  Funding  Corporation   (the
"Depositor"),  which  is  to  be  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  AT&T Capital
Corporation ("TCC") following  the consummation of  the Merger, and
                ,  as Owner Trustee (the "Owner Trustee"). The Receivable-Backed
Notes (the "Notes") will be issued by  the Owner Trust pursuant to an  Indenture
(the  "Indenture") between the Owner Trust  and                             , as
Indenture Trustee (the  "Indenture Trustee").  The property of  the Owner  Trust
(collectively,  the "Trust Assets"), from the date of issuance of the Notes (the
"Closing Date") to the Merger Consummation Date, will consist of the proceeds of
the Notes, plus  additional cash, which  will be held  (and invested in  certain
Eligible  Investments) in an Escrow Account and will be sufficient to redeem the
Notes at the  Special Redemption  Price on the  Special Redemption  Date if  the
Merger  is not  consummated on or  before September    ,  1996. The  cash in the
Escrow Account, together  with the  proceeds of  the Equity  Certificates to  be
issued by the Owner Trust to the Depositor (which will thereafter be disposed of
by  the Depositor in a transaction unrelated to the issuance of the Notes), will
be used on the Merger  Consummation Date to acquire  a pool of equipment  leases
(the  "Lease Contracts") and installment  sale contracts, promissory notes, loan
and security agreements and similar types of receivables (the "Loan  Contracts,"
and, together with the Lease Contracts, the "Contracts") and the interest of the
Depositor  in certain equipment related to such Contracts (the "Equipment"). TCC
will service  the Contracts  pursuant  to a  Transfer and  Servicing  Agreement,
expected  to be entered into among the Depositor, TCC, the Indenture Trustee and
the Owner Trust.  Of the Notes  being offered, $             , $             and
$         initial principal amount of the Class A Notes, Class B Notes and Class
C  Notes, respectively, are being offered initially  in the United States by the
U.S. Underwriters and $          , $         and  $         , respectively,  are
being offered initially outside the United States by the International Managers.
The  Initial Public Offering  Price and Underwriting  Discount will be identical
for both offerings.
    
 
   
                                                   (CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
    
 
   
    FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING, SEE "RISK
                          FACTORS" ON PAGE 16 HEREIN.
    
 
    THE NOTES  WILL  REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS  OF  THE  OWNER TRUST  AND  WILL  NOT
REPRESENT  INTERESTS  IN OR  OBLIGATIONS  OF ANTIGUA  FUNDING  CORPORATION, AT&T
CAPITAL CORPORATION OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS  THE
       SECURITIES   AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES
       COMMISSION  PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS
          PROSPECTUS.  ANY    REPRESENTATION TO THE  CONTRARY IS A
                               CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING         UNDERWRITING            PROCEEDS TO THE
                                 PRICE (1)                DISCOUNT (2)            DEPOSITOR (1)(3)
                          ------------------------  ------------------------  ------------------------
<S>                       <C>                       <C>                       <C>
Per Class A Note........             %                         %                         %
Per Class B Note........             %                         %                         %
Per Class C Note........             %                         %                         %
Total...................             $                         $                         $
</TABLE>
    
 
- ----------------
(1) Plus accrued  interest,  if  any,  at the  applicable  Interest  Rate,  from
                 , 1996.
(2) The  Depositor has  agreed to  indemnify the  International Managers against
    certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
    See "Underwriting."
(3) Before  deducting  expenses  payable  by  the  Depositor,  estimated  to  be
    $         .
 
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
NOMURA INTERNATIONAL                                        GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
   
    The  Notes are offered severally by the International Managers, as specified
herein, subject to prior sale and  subject to the International Managers'  right
to  reject orders in  whole or in  part. It is  expected that the  Notes will be
ready for delivery in book-entry form  through the facilities of The  Depository
Trust  Company  in New  York, New  York,  Cedel Bank,  societe anonyme,  and the
Euroclear System against payment therefor  in immediately available funds on  or
about September   , 1996.
    
 
        Application has been made to list the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock
                                   Exchange.
 
                                ----------------
                              NOMURA INTERNATIONAL
                                  -----------
 
               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS SEPTEMBER   , 1996
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
 
   
    The  Owner Trust will  also issue two classes  of certificates of beneficial
interest, the Equity Certificates and  the Equipment Certificate, which are  not
being  offered  hereby. The  Equipment Certificate  will represent  an undivided
interest in,  and be  payable  solely from  the  Equipment and  certain  amounts
derived  from the sale or other disposition  of the Equipment upon expiration or
termination (including  an  early termination  or  liquidation) of  the  related
Contracts  and certain other amounts as described herein. Amounts payable on the
Equipment Certificate  will  not  be  available  for  payment  of  interest  and
principal  on  the  Notes. It  is  expected  that the  Equity  Certificates will
initially represent  the  right to  receive  principal  in an  amount  equal  to
approximately  4% of the Cut-Off Date  Contract Pool Principal Balance, together
with interest thereon at    % per annum.
    
 
   
    The Notes  and the  Equity Certificates  will be  payable solely  from,  and
secured  by,  the Amount  Available  on each  Payment  Date (which  will consist
primarily of the  Scheduled Payments  due under the  Contracts, certain  amounts
received  upon the  prepayment or  purchase of Contracts  or (to  the extent not
payable on  the Equipment  Certificate) liquidation  of the  related  Equipment,
investment  earnings on amounts deposited  in the Collection Account established
pursuant to the  Indenture, in  each case subject  to prior  application to  pay
certain fees and expenses, and amounts permitted to be withdrawn therefor from a
Cash  Collateral  Account)  in  the  order  of  priority  described  herein. The
likelihood of payment of interest on each Class of Notes will be enhanced by the
application of the Amount Available to the payment of such interest prior to the
payment of principal on any of the Notes or the Equity Certificates, as well  as
by  the preferential right of the Holders of Notes of each such Class to receive
such interest (1) in the case of the Class A Notes, prior to the payment of  any
interest on the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes or the Equity Certificates, (2)
in  the case of the Class  B Notes, prior to the  payment of any interest on the
Class C Notes or  the Equity Certificates, and  (3) in the case  of the Class  C
Notes,  prior  to  the  payment  of any  interest  on  the  Equity Certificates.
Likewise, the likelihood of payment of principal on each Class of Notes will  be
enhanced by the preferential right of the Holders of Notes of each such Class to
receive  such principal, to the extent of  the Amount Available after payment of
interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates as aforesaid, (i) in the  case
of  the Class  A Notes, prior  to the  payment of any  principal on  the Class B
Notes,  the  Class  C  Notes  or   (except  as  described  herein)  the   Equity
Certificates, (ii) in the case of the Class B Notes, prior to the payment of any
principal  on  the Class  C Notes  or  (except as  described herein)  the Equity
Certificates, and (iii) in the case of  the Class C Notes, prior to the  payment
of  any principal  on the Equity  Certificates, except as  described herein. See
"Description of the Notes."
    
 
   
    To the extent the Amount Available  is sufficient therefor, interest at  the
rate  per annum noted above for  each of the Class A,  Class B and Class C Notes
(the applicable "Interest Rate") will be paid to Holders of each Class of Notes,
and principal will be  paid on the applicable  Class of Notes, on  the   day  of
each  month (or,  if such  day is  not a  Business Day,  on the  next succeeding
Business Day), commencing October   , 1996 (each, a "Payment Date"). The  Stated
Maturity Date for each Class of Notes is as set forth above.
    
 
   
    The  Notes  are subject  to redemption  in whole  as described  herein under
"Description of the Notes  -- Special Redemption" and  "-- Optional Purchase  of
Contracts."
    
 
   
    There  is  currently no  secondary  market for  the  Notes and  there  is no
assurance that one will develop. The  U.S. Underwriters expect, but will not  be
obligated, to make a market in the Notes in the United States. The International
Managers  expect,  but will  not be  obligated, to  make a  market in  the Notes
outside the United States.  There is no assurance  that either such market  will
develop,  or if either such market does develop, that such market will continue.
See "Risk Factors."
    
 
   
    Each prospective purchaser of the Notes must comply with all applicable laws
and regulations in any jurisdiction in which it purchases or sells the Notes  or
possesses  or distributes this Prospectus and  must obtain any consent, approval
or permission required by it for the purchase, offer or sale by it of the  Notes
under  the laws and regulations  in force in any  jurisdiction to which it makes
such purchase, offer or  sale, and neither the  Owner Trust nor any  Underwriter
shall have any responsibility therefor.
    
 
   
    The  distribution of this Prospectus  and the offer or  sale of Notes may be
restricted by law in certain jurisdictions.  Persons to whom possession of  this
Prospectus  and any  of the  Notes may  come must  inform themselves  about, and
observe, any such  restrictions. See  "Underwriting." In  particular, there  are
restrictions  on the distribution of  this Prospectus and the  offer and sale of
the Notes  in  the United  Kingdom  and Japan.  None  of the  Owner  Trust,  the
Underwriters   or  any  of  their   respective  representatives  is  making  any
representation to any offeree or purchaser  of the Notes regarding the  legality
of  or investment  therein by such  offeree or purchaser  under applicable legal
investment or similar laws.
    
 
   
    For so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the
rules of such exchange so require, the notices to Noteholders will be  published
in  a  leading  newspaper having  general  circulation in  Luxembourg  (which is
expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) and  will be made available at the  offices
of the Luxembourg Listing Agent). See "Additional Information."
    
 
   
    It  is a condition of  issuance of the Notes that  each of Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services, Moody's Investors Service,  Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit  Rating
Co.  and Fitch Investors Service, L.P. (i) rate the Class A Notes in its highest
rating category, (ii) rate the Class B Notes "       ," "       ," "       " and
"       ," respectively, and (iii) rate the Class C Notes "       ," "        ,"
"       " and "       ," respectively. See "Ratings of the Notes."
    
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
   
(CONTINUED FROM PRECEDING PAGE)
    
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS AND/OR INTERNATIONAL
MANAGERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE
MARKET PRICE OF THE NOTES AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN
THE OPEN MARKET.  SUCH STABILIZING,  IF COMMENCED,  MAY BE  DISCONTINUED AT  ANY
TIME.
 
    The  Depositor has taken all reasonable  care to ensure that the information
stated herein  is  true  and  accurate  in all  material  respects  and  is  not
misleading  as of the date hereof and  that there are no material facts omission
of which would make the information contained herein misleading in any  material
respect. The Depositor accepts responsibility accordingly.
 
   
    Upon  receipt of  a request  by an investor  who has  received an electronic
Prospectus from any Underwriter or  a request by such investor's  representative
within  the period during which there is  an obligation to deliver a Prospectus,
such Underwriter  will  promptly deliver,  or  cause to  be  delivered,  without
charge, to such investor a paper copy of the Prospectus.
    
 
   
    The  Depositor has not  authorized any offer  of Notes to  the public in the
United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations
1995 (the  "Regulations"). The  Notes may  not lawfully  be offered  or sold  to
persons  in the United Kingdom except in circumstances which do not result in an
offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the  Regulations
or otherwise in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Regulations.
    
 
   
    The Depositor does not intend to register the Notes under the Securities and
Exchange  Law of Japan (the "SEL"). Accordingly, the Notes may not be offered or
sold directly or indirectly in Japan, and this Prospectus may not be distributed
or circulated in Japan, except in circumstances that do not constitute an  offer
to the public within the meaning of the SEL.
    
 
   
    In  making  an  investment  decision,  investors  must  rely  on  their  own
examination of the Notes, including the merits and risks involved. The  contents
of  this Prospectus are  not to be  construed as legal,  business or tax advice.
Each prospective purchaser must  consult its own  accountant, legal advisor  and
other  advisors  as to  the  business, legal,  tax  and related  aspects  of the
purchase of the Notes.  As used herein,  references to "dollars"  or "$" are  to
United States dollars.
    
<PAGE>
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
   
    Subject  to  the  terms  and conditions  of  the  international underwriting
agreement (the "International Underwriting Agreement"), the managers named below
(the  "International   Managers"),   through   their   representatives,   Nomura
International   plc  and   Goldman,  Sachs   International  (the  "International
Representatives"), have  severally agreed  to purchase  from the  Depositor  the
following  respective  initial  principal amount  of  Notes  (the "International
Notes") at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts set
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     INITIAL          INITIAL          INITIAL
                                                                    PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
                                                                 AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS  AMOUNT OF CLASS
INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS                                               A NOTES          B NOTES          C NOTES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
 
<S>                                                              <C>              <C>              <C>
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
      Total....................................................
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                                 ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
   
    In the International Underwriting Agreement, the International Managers have
agreed, subject to the terms and  conditions set forth therein, to purchase  all
of  the International Notes offered hereby if any of the International Notes are
purchased. The Depositor has been  advised by the International  Representatives
that  the International Managers propose to offer the International Notes to the
public at the respective public offering prices  set forth on the cover page  of
this  Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such price, less a concession not in
excess of 0.  % per Class A Note, 0.   % per Class B Note and 0.  % per Class  C
Note. The International Managers may allow and such dealers may reallow to other
dealers  a discount not in excess of  0.  % per Class A  Note, 0.  % per Class B
Note and 0.  % per  Class C Note. After the Notes  are released for sale to  the
public,  the  offering  price and  other  selling  terms may  be  varied  by the
International Representatives.
    
 
   
    The Notes are new issues of  securities with no established trading  market.
The   Depositor  has  been  advised  by  the  International  Managers  that  the
International Managers  intend to  make a  market in  the Notes  outside of  the
United  States but are not obligated to  do so and may discontinue market making
at any  time  without  notice.  The  Depositor has  been  advised  by  the  U.S.
Representatives  that the U.S. Underwriters intend to make a market in the Notes
in the United States but are not  obligated to do so and may discontinue  market
making at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity
of the trading market for the Notes.
    
 
   
    Funds  in the Cash Collateral Account and  the Trust Accounts may, from time
to  time,  be  invested   in  Eligible  Investments   acquired  from  the   U.S.
Underwriters.
    
 
   
    Each  U.S. Underwriter and International  Manager has represented and agreed
that (a) it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell any Notes to  any
person in the United Kingdom prior to the expiration of the period of six months
from  the issue date  of the Notes  except to persons  whose ordinary activities
involve them in  acquiring, holding,  managing or disposing  of investments  (as
principal  or  agent)  for the  purposes  of  their businesses  or  otherwise in
circumstances which have not resulted and
    
 
                                       67
<PAGE>

                  [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]

   
will not result  in an  offer to  the public in  the United  Kingdom within  the
meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (b) it has complied
and  will comply  with all applicable  provisions of the  Financial Services Act
1986 with respect to anything  done by it in relation  to the Notes in, from  or
otherwise  involving the United Kingdom; and (c) it has only issued or passed on
and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document received by it
in connection with  the issuance  of the  Notes to  a person  who is  of a  kind
described  in  article  11(3) of  the  Financial Services  Act  1986 (Investment
Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995 or who is a person to whom such document
may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
    
 
   
    Each International Manager  and each  U.S. Underwriter has  agreed that  the
Notes  may not  be offered  or sold  directly or  indirectly in  Japan, and this
Prospectus  may  not  be   distributed  or  circulated   in  Japan,  except   in
circumstances  that do not constitute an offer  to the public within the meaning
of the SEL.
    
 
    This Prospectus may be used by  underwriters and dealers in connection  with
offers and sales of the Notes to persons located outside the United Sates.
 
   
    The  Depositor has  agreed to  indemnify the  International Managers against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933,  as
amended.
    
 
   
    The  Depositor  has  entered  into  an  underwriting  agreement  (the  "U.S.
Underwriting Agreement") with certain underwriters (the "U.S. Underwriters," and
collectively with the International Managers, the "Underwriters") through  their
representatives,  Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Nomura Securities International, Inc.
(the "U.S. Representatives"), providing for the concurrent offer and sale of  an
aggregate  of $          , $          and $          principal amount of Class A
Notes, Class B Notes and Class C  Notes, respectively (the "U.S. Notes") in  the
United  States.  The offering  price  and aggregate  underwriting  discounts and
commissions per  Note  for  the  U.S. Notes  and  the  International  Notes  are
identical.
    
 
   
    To  provide for the coordination of  their activities, the U.S. Underwriters
and the  International Managers  have  entered into  an Agreement  between  U.S.
Underwriters  and International Managers  (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") which
provides, among other things, that  the U.S. Underwriters and the  International
Managers  may purchase  and sell  among each  other such  number of  Notes as is
mutually agreed  upon  among  the U.S.  Representatives  and  the  International
Representatives.  To the extent there are  sales among the U.S. Underwriters and
the International  Managers  pursuant to  the  Intersyndicate Agreement  and  as
approved  by  the  Global  Coordinators,  the  number  of  U.S.  Notes initially
available for sale  by the  U.S. Underwriters  and the  number of  International
Notes  initially available for sale by the International Managers may be more or
less than the numbers appearing on the cover page of this Prospectus. Except  as
permitted  by the Intersyndicate Agreement, the price  of any Notes so sold will
be the respective initial public offering price, less an amount not greater than
the selling concession.
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, as part of the distribution of the
Notes and subject to  certain exceptions, (a) the  U.S. Underwriters will  offer
and  sell U.S.  Notes only  (i) in the  United States  (ii) to  U.S. Persons (as
defined  below)  and  (b)  the  International  Managers  will  offer  and   sell
International   Notes  only  outside  the  United  States  to  non-U.S.  Persons
(including any entity  constituting an  investment advisor  located outside  the
United  States acting with discretionary authority for a U.S. Person). For these
purposes, U.S.  Person  means  individual  residents in  the  United  States  or
Corporations,  Partnerships, or other entities organized in or under the laws of
the United  States or  any  political subdivision  thereof (including  any  such
entity  constituting an  investment advisor acting  with discretionary authority
for a non-U.S. Person) whose office most directly involved with the purchase  is
located in such country. "United States" means the United States of America, its
territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction.
    
 
    Nomura  International plc  has provided  acquisition financing  and advisory
services to HoldCo. and MergerCo. in connection with the Merger and will,  after
the  Merger Consummation  Date, hold  warrants to  acquire an  indirect majority
interest in the common stock of TCC. See "The Merger."
 
   
    Application has  been  made  to  list the  Notes  on  the  Luxembourg  Stock
Exchange.
    
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
    NO  PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION OR  TO  MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN  OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED  BY THE DEPOSITOR, THE SERVICER,  THE OWNER TRUST, THE OWNER TRUSTEE,
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS OR THE INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  OR  SOLICITATION BY  ANYONE  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH
THE PERSON MAKING SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION  IS NOT QUALIFIED TO  DO SO OR  TO
ANYONE  TO WHOM IT IS  UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH  OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS,  NOR ANY  SALE MADE  HEREUNDER, SHALL,  UNDER  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS
OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF SUCH INFORMATION.
    
 
                                ----------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PAGE
                                                 ---------
<S>                                              <C>
Incorporation by Reference.....................
Available Information..........................
Reports to Noteholders.........................
Table of Contents..............................
Prospectus Summary.............................
Risk Factors...................................
The Merger.....................................
The Depositor and the Owner Trust..............
AT&T Capital Corporation.......................
The Originators................................
The Contracts..................................
Description of the Notes.......................
Description of the Transfer and Servicing
 Agreement.....................................
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts.........
United States Taxation.........................
ERISA Considerations...........................
Ratings of the Notes...........................
Use of Proceeds................................
Underwriting...................................
Legal Matters..................................
Additional Information.........................
Index of Principal Terms.......................
Appendix A: Global Clearance, Settlement and
 Tax Documentation Procedures..................        A-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                                ----------------
 
    UNTIL               , 1996 (NINETY DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE NOTES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN
THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WITH
RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                   CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1996-1
 
   
                                  $
                           % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES,
                                    CLASS A
                                  $
                       % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS B
                                  $
                       % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS C
                                ANTIGUA FUNDING
                                  CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
                                  AT&T CAPITAL
                                  CORPORATION
                                    SERVICER
    
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                             ---------------------
 
   
                              GLOBAL COORDINATORS:
                              NOMURA INTERNATIONAL
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
    
 
                                  -----------
 
   
                              NOMURA INTERNATIONAL
    
   
                             INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The  following table  sets forth the  expenses to be  incurred in connection
with  the  offering  of  the  Notes,  other  than  underwriting  discounts   and
commissions, described in this Registration Statement:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee....................  $   344.83
Printing and Engraving.................................................      *
Legal Fees and Expenses................................................      *
Blue Sky Filing and Counsel Fees.......................................      *
Accounting Fees and Expenses...........................................      *
Trustee Fees and Expenses..............................................      *
Rating Agencies' Fees..................................................      *
Miscellaneous Expenses.................................................      *
                                                                         ----------
    Total..............................................................  $   *
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         ----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
* To be supplied by amendment.
 
ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    Antigua  Funding  Corporation is  incorporated under  the laws  of Delaware.
Section 145 of  the Delaware General  Corporation Law provides  that a  Delaware
corporation  may indemnify  any persons,  including officers  and directors, who
are, or  are  threatened to  be  made, parties  to  any threatened,  pending  or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative  (other than an action by or  in the right of such corporation, by
reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or  agent
of  such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as
a director, officer, employee  or agent of  another corporation or  enterprise).
The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines
and  amounts paid in settlement actually  and reasonably incurred by such person
in connection with such action, suit or proceedings, provided such person  acted
in  good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the  corporation's  best  interests  and,  for  criminal  proceedings,  had   no
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation
may  identify officers  and directors  in an action  by or  in the  right of the
corporation under  the  same  conditions,  except  that  no  indemnification  is
permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be
liable  to the corporation.  Where an officer  or director is  successful on the
merits or  otherwise  in  the defense  of  any  action referred  to  above,  the
corporation  must  indemnify  him against  the  expenses which  such  officer or
director actually and reasonably incurred.
 
    The Certificate of Incorporation and  Bylaws of Antigua Funding  Corporation
provide,   in  effect,  that,  subject   to  certain  limited  exceptions,  such
corporation will indemnify its officers and directors to the extent permitted by
the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.
 
    The Exhibits filed as part of this Registration Statement are:
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>        <C>        <S>
*     1.1         --  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
*    *3.1         --  Certificate of Incorporation of Depositor.
*    *3.2         --  By-Laws of Depositor.
*     4.1         --  Form of Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
*     4.2         --  Form of Indenture.
*     4.3         --  Form of Trust Agreement.
*     4.4         --  Form of Purchase Agreement.
*     5.1         --  Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to legality.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<C>        <C>        <S>
*     8.1         --  Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to tax matters.
*     8.2         --  Opinion and consent of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft with respect to tax matters.
*    23.1         --  Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).
*    23.2         --  Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.1).
*    23.3         --  Consent of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft (included as part of Exhibit 8.2).
*    24.1         --  Power of Attorney (included on page II-3).
*    25.1         --  Statement of eligibility of Indenture Trustee.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
 * To be filed by amendment.
    
   
** Previously filed.
    
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The  undersigned  registrant  hereby   undertakes  that,  for  purposes   of
determining  any liability under the Securities Act  of 1933, each filing of the
registrant's annual report  pursuant to section  13(a) or section  15(d) of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  (and, where  applicable,  each filing  of an
employee  benefit  plan's  annual  report  pursuant  to  Section  15(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934)  that is  incorporated  by reference  in the
registration statement  shall  be deemed  to  be a  new  registration  statement
relating  to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities  Act
of  1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to  the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the  registrant
has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
such  indemnification is against public  policy as expressed in  the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification  against
such  liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or controlling person  of the registrant in  the
successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is asserted  by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
       (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
           1933,  the information omitted  from the form  of prospectus filed as
    part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained
    in a form of prospectus filed  by the registrant pursuant to Rule  424(b)(1)
    or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
    Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
       (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
           of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment that  contains  a  form of
    prospectus shall be deemed  to be a new  registration statement relating  to
    the  securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
certifies that it has  reasonable grounds to  believe that it  meets all of  the
requirements  for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to
the Registration  Statement to  be  signed on  its  behalf by  the  undersigned,
thereunto  duly authorized, in the  City of New York, State  of New York, on the
12th day of August, 1996.
    
 
                                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                                          By ___________/s/ GUY HANDS___________
                                                         Guy Hands
                                                         PRESIDENT
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, this  Amendment
No.  1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in
the capacities indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  SIGNATURE                                        TITLE                             DATE
- ---------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------  -------------------
<C>                                            <S>                                            <C>
                /s/ GUY HANDS                  President (Principal Executive Officer) and        August 12, 1996
                  Guy Hands                    Director
                /s/ JEFF NASH                  Vice President (Principal Financial and            August 12, 1996
                  Jeff Nash                    Accounting Officer) and Director
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBITS    DESCRIPTION
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>                                                                                              <C>
     *  1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 
      **3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of Depositor.
 
      **3.2  By-laws of Depositor.
 
     *  4.1  Form of Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
 
     *  4.2  Form of Indenture.
 
     *  4.3  Form of Trust Agreement.
 
     *  4.4  Form of Purchase Agreement.
 
     *  5.1  Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to legality.
 
     *  8.1  Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to tax matters.
 
     *  8.2  Opinion and consent of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft with respect to tax matters.
 
     * 23.1  Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1).
 
     * 23.2  Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.1).
 
     * 23.3  Consent of Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft (included as part of Exhibit 8.2).
 
     **24.1  Power of Attorney.
 
     * 25.1  Statement of eligibility of Indenture Trustee.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
   
 *  To be filed by amendment.
    
   
**  Previously filed.
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission